mirror of
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
synced 2026-05-09 06:41:06 -04:00
Merge branch 'master' of /repos/git/linux-2.6
Conflicts: net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_core.c net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_netlink.c Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This commit is contained in:
9
.gitignore
vendored
9
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
|
||||
*.lst
|
||||
*.symtypes
|
||||
*.order
|
||||
modules.builtin
|
||||
*.elf
|
||||
*.bin
|
||||
*.gz
|
||||
@@ -35,7 +36,9 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
tags
|
||||
TAGS
|
||||
linux
|
||||
vmlinux
|
||||
vmlinuz
|
||||
System.map
|
||||
Module.markers
|
||||
Module.symvers
|
||||
@@ -45,14 +48,8 @@ Module.symvers
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generated include files
|
||||
#
|
||||
include/asm
|
||||
include/asm-*/asm-offsets.h
|
||||
include/config
|
||||
include/linux/autoconf.h
|
||||
include/linux/compile.h
|
||||
include/linux/version.h
|
||||
include/linux/utsrelease.h
|
||||
include/linux/bounds.h
|
||||
include/generated
|
||||
|
||||
# stgit generated dirs
|
||||
|
||||
7
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
Normal file
7
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
|
||||
Date: October 2002
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
|
||||
information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
|
||||
node.
|
||||
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
|
||||
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
|
||||
|
||||
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][INODE_PERMISSION]
|
||||
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK]
|
||||
mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
|
||||
fsmagic:= hex value
|
||||
uid:= decimal value
|
||||
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ Description:
|
||||
|
||||
measure func=BPRM_CHECK
|
||||
measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
|
||||
measure func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ uid=0
|
||||
measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
|
||||
|
||||
The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
|
||||
all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
|
||||
open for read by root in inode_permission.
|
||||
open for read by root in do_filp_open.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples of LSM specific definitions:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ Description:
|
||||
|
||||
dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
|
||||
dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
|
||||
measure subj_user=system_u func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
measure subj_role=system_r func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
|
||||
Smack:
|
||||
measure subj_user=_ func=INODE_PERM mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -128,3 +128,17 @@ Description:
|
||||
preferred request size for workloads where sustained
|
||||
throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is
|
||||
reported this file contains 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
|
||||
Date: January 2010
|
||||
Contact:
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
|
||||
merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
|
||||
attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
|
||||
being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
|
||||
this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
|
||||
merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
|
||||
with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
|
||||
all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
|
||||
which enables all types of merge tries.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -21,25 +21,27 @@ Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each USB device directory will contain a file named
|
||||
power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for
|
||||
the device, one of "on", "auto", or "suspend".
|
||||
the device, either "on" or "auto".
|
||||
|
||||
"on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
|
||||
although normal suspends for system sleep will still
|
||||
be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend
|
||||
and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
|
||||
capabilities of its driver. "suspend" means the device
|
||||
is forced into a suspended state and it will not autoresume
|
||||
in response to I/O requests. However remote-wakeup requests
|
||||
from the device may still be enabled (the remote-wakeup
|
||||
setting is controlled separately by the power/wakeup
|
||||
attribute).
|
||||
capabilities of its driver.
|
||||
|
||||
During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
|
||||
level. The other levels are meant for administrative uses.
|
||||
level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
|
||||
If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
|
||||
free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
|
||||
write "0" to power/autosuspend.
|
||||
|
||||
Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
|
||||
left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires
|
||||
devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
|
||||
In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
|
||||
initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some
|
||||
drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
|
||||
Date: May 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.23
|
||||
@@ -157,3 +159,14 @@ Description:
|
||||
device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
|
||||
match the driver to the device. For example:
|
||||
# echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset
|
||||
Date: December 2009
|
||||
Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
|
||||
device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
|
||||
Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
|
||||
such devices.
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
usb_modeswitch
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -60,6 +60,19 @@ Description:
|
||||
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
|
||||
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
|
||||
points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the following symbolic link is created for
|
||||
memory section 9 on node0:
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
|
||||
Date: September 2008
|
||||
Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
@@ -70,4 +83,3 @@ Description:
|
||||
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
|
||||
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
79
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
Normal file
79
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
|
||||
allowing the user space to check and modify some power
|
||||
management related properties of given device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
|
||||
space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
|
||||
from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
|
||||
RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
|
||||
it to do that as desired.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
|
||||
used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices
|
||||
have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
|
||||
file:
|
||||
|
||||
+ "enabled\n" to issue the events;
|
||||
+ "disabled\n" not to do so;
|
||||
|
||||
In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
|
||||
by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
|
||||
"disabled" to it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
|
||||
events this file contains "\n". In that cases the user space
|
||||
cannot modify the contents of this file and the device cannot be
|
||||
enabled to wake up the system.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/control
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
|
||||
space to control the run-time power management of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
All devices have one of the following two values for the
|
||||
power/control file:
|
||||
|
||||
+ "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
|
||||
+ "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
|
||||
|
||||
The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
|
||||
be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
|
||||
drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
|
||||
from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while
|
||||
the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/async
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
|
||||
enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
|
||||
be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
|
||||
with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
|
||||
transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
|
||||
|
||||
All devices have one of the following two values for the
|
||||
power/async file:
|
||||
|
||||
+ "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
|
||||
+ "disabled\n" to forbid it;
|
||||
|
||||
The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
|
||||
"enabled", or "disabled" to it.
|
||||
|
||||
It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
|
||||
of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
|
||||
of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some
|
||||
devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
|
||||
device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
|
||||
default value.
|
||||
@@ -62,6 +62,35 @@ Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
|
||||
See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/cpu/release
|
||||
Date: November 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug
|
||||
removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
|
||||
from the system.
|
||||
|
||||
probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
|
||||
system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is
|
||||
architecture specific.
|
||||
|
||||
release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
|
||||
the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
|
||||
is architecture specific.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
|
||||
Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
|
||||
|
||||
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
|
||||
to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
|
||||
in NUMA node 2:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
|
||||
Date: October 2009
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the fast path.
|
||||
The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
|
||||
allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the
|
||||
current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
|
||||
@@ -55,9 +56,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_from_partial file is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been full and it has been refilled
|
||||
by using a slab from the list of partially used slabs.
|
||||
The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
|
||||
been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
|
||||
of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current
|
||||
count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
|
||||
@@ -66,9 +68,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_refill file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times the per-cpu freelist was empty but there were objects
|
||||
available as the result of remote cpu frees.
|
||||
The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
|
||||
was empty but there were objects available as the result of
|
||||
remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
|
||||
@@ -77,8 +79,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times
|
||||
a new slab had to be allocated from the page allocator.
|
||||
The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
|
||||
be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
|
||||
@@ -87,9 +90,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The alloc_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been allocated using the slow path because of a
|
||||
refill or allocation from a partial or new slab.
|
||||
The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
|
||||
allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
|
||||
allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
|
||||
@@ -117,10 +121,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file cpuslab_flush is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a cache's cpu slabs have been flushed as the result of
|
||||
destroying or shrinking a cache, a cpu going offline, or as
|
||||
the result of forcing an allocation from a certain node.
|
||||
The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
|
||||
have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
|
||||
cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
|
||||
allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the
|
||||
current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
|
||||
@@ -139,8 +144,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_empty is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an empty cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
|
||||
was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
|
||||
@@ -149,8 +154,8 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_full is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times a full cpu slab was deactivated.
|
||||
The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
|
||||
was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
|
||||
@@ -159,9 +164,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_remote_frees is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a cpu slab has been deactivated and contained free
|
||||
objects that were freed remotely.
|
||||
The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
|
||||
has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
|
||||
remotely. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
|
||||
@@ -170,9 +175,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_head is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
head of its node's partial list.
|
||||
The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
|
||||
slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
|
||||
list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
|
||||
@@ -181,9 +186,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file deactivate_to_tail is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times a partial cpu slab was deactivated and added to the
|
||||
tail of its node's partial list.
|
||||
The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
|
||||
slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
|
||||
list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
|
||||
@@ -201,9 +206,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_add_partial is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an object has been freed in a full slab so that it had to
|
||||
added to its node's partial list.
|
||||
The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
|
||||
been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
|
||||
partial list. It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
|
||||
@@ -222,9 +227,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_fastpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the fast path because it was an
|
||||
object from the cpu slab.
|
||||
The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
|
||||
using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
|
||||
It can be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
|
||||
@@ -233,9 +238,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_frozen file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed to a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu
|
||||
slab).
|
||||
The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
|
||||
a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
|
||||
@@ -244,9 +249,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file free_remove_partial is read-only and specifies how
|
||||
many times an object has been freed to a now-empty slab so
|
||||
that it had to be removed from its node's partial list.
|
||||
The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
|
||||
been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
|
||||
its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current
|
||||
count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
|
||||
@@ -255,8 +261,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slab file is read-only and specifies how many times an
|
||||
empty slab has been freed back to the page allocator.
|
||||
The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
|
||||
freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear
|
||||
the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
|
||||
@@ -265,9 +272,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The free_slowpath file is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
objects have been freed using the slow path (i.e. to a full or
|
||||
partial slab).
|
||||
The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
|
||||
using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can
|
||||
be written to clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
|
||||
@@ -346,10 +353,10 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
|
||||
Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The file order_fallback is read-only and specifies how many
|
||||
times an allocation of a new slab has not been possible at the
|
||||
cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible
|
||||
order.
|
||||
The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
|
||||
new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
|
||||
fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
|
||||
clear the current count.
|
||||
Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
|
||||
|
||||
44
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
Normal file
44
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
|
||||
Date: Sep 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
|
||||
Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
|
||||
written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
|
||||
physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
|
||||
to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
|
||||
dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
|
||||
on the bad page list and never be reused.
|
||||
|
||||
The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
|
||||
Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
|
||||
this might change.
|
||||
|
||||
The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
|
||||
kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
|
||||
fail the offline. Return value is the size of the
|
||||
number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading
|
||||
the file is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
|
||||
Date: Sep 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.33
|
||||
Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
|
||||
address written into this file. Input is a hex number
|
||||
specifying the physical address of the page. The
|
||||
kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
|
||||
trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
|
||||
triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill
|
||||
any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
|
||||
to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
|
||||
hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
|
||||
Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
|
||||
this might change.
|
||||
|
||||
Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
|
||||
the offlining failed.
|
||||
Reading the file is not allowed.
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/display
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
|
||||
- 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/gps
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
|
||||
Users: Lapsus
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/ledd
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Description:
|
||||
Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
|
||||
used to display several informations.
|
||||
To control the LED display, use the following :
|
||||
echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/
|
||||
echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
|
||||
where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
|
||||
The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/bluetooth
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
This may control the led, the device or both.
|
||||
Users: Lapsus
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus-laptop/wlan
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan
|
||||
Date: January 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/disp
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ Description:
|
||||
- 3 = LCD+CRT
|
||||
If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/camera
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/cardr
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr
|
||||
Date: May 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/cpufv
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv
|
||||
Date: Jun 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
`------------ Availables modes
|
||||
For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-laptop/available_cpufv
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
|
||||
Date: Jun 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.31
|
||||
Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -101,3 +101,16 @@ Description:
|
||||
|
||||
CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
|
||||
clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/power/pm_async
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the
|
||||
user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume
|
||||
of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device
|
||||
drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel
|
||||
with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled
|
||||
if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be
|
||||
disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
|
||||
will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
|
||||
kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
|
||||
procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
|
||||
writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
|
||||
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
||||
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
|
||||
genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
|
||||
@@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x)
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# The targets that may be used.
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs media
|
||||
PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs xmldoclinks
|
||||
|
||||
BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
|
||||
xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
|
||||
xmldocs: $(BOOKS) xmldoclinks
|
||||
sgmldocs: xmldocs
|
||||
|
||||
PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS))
|
||||
@@ -45,15 +45,24 @@ PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS))
|
||||
pdfdocs: $(PDF)
|
||||
|
||||
HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS)))
|
||||
htmldocs: media $(HTML)
|
||||
htmldocs: $(HTML)
|
||||
$(call build_main_index)
|
||||
$(call build_images)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
|
||||
mandocs: $(MAN)
|
||||
|
||||
media:
|
||||
mkdir -p $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
|
||||
cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
|
||||
|
||||
xmldoclinks:
|
||||
ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
|
||||
for dep in dvb media-entities.tmpl media-indices.tmpl v4l; do \
|
||||
rm -f $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep \
|
||||
&& ln -s $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ \
|
||||
|| exit; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
installmandocs: mandocs
|
||||
mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +74,7 @@ KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
|
||||
DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc
|
||||
|
||||
XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
|
||||
#XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
|
||||
XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# DOCPROC is used for two purposes:
|
||||
@@ -101,17 +110,6 @@ endif
|
||||
# Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
|
||||
$(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
|
||||
|
||||
###
|
||||
# procfs guide uses a .c file as example code.
|
||||
# This requires an explicit dependency
|
||||
C-procfs-example = procfs_example.xml
|
||||
C-procfs-example2 = $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(C-procfs-example))
|
||||
$(obj)/procfs-guide.xml: $(C-procfs-example2)
|
||||
|
||||
# List of programs to build
|
||||
##oops, this is a kernel module::hostprogs-y := procfs_example
|
||||
obj-m += procfs_example.o
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
|
||||
always := $(hostprogs-y)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -238,7 +236,7 @@ clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
|
||||
$(C-procfs-example) $(index)
|
||||
$(index)
|
||||
|
||||
clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1><title>Atomic and pointer manipulation</title>
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic_32.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/unaligned.h
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="pubfunctions">
|
||||
<title>Public Functions Provided</title>
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io_32.h
|
||||
!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h
|
||||
!Elib/iomap.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
|
||||
interface in STA mode at first!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_if_init_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="rx-tx">
|
||||
@@ -234,7 +234,6 @@ usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
<title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_stats
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="AP">
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enuminput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enumoutput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-enumstd'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-dv-presets'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-frameintervals'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-framesizes'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</constant></link>">
|
||||
@@ -30,6 +31,8 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX "<link linkend='vidioc-g-enc-index'><constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant></link>">
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +56,7 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYMENU "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-querystd'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-query-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-REQBUFS "<link linkend='vidioc-reqbufs'><constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMOFF "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMON "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant></link>">
|
||||
@@ -60,6 +64,8 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant></link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant></link>">
|
||||
@@ -118,6 +124,7 @@
|
||||
<!-- Structures -->
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-audio "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>">
|
||||
@@ -128,6 +135,9 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-chip-ident "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-match "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-register "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-enum-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx-entry "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link>">
|
||||
<!ENTITY v4l2-encoder-cmd "struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>">
|
||||
@@ -243,6 +253,10 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY sub-g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
|
||||
@@ -333,6 +347,10 @@
|
||||
<!ENTITY enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
|
||||
<!ENTITY g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
@@ -46,6 +47,9 @@
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link></primaryie></indexentry>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
static struct mtd_info *board_mtd;
|
||||
static unsigned long baseaddr;
|
||||
static void __iomem *baseaddr;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Static example
|
||||
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ static unsigned long baseaddr;
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
static struct mtd_info board_mtd;
|
||||
static struct nand_chip board_chip;
|
||||
static unsigned long baseaddr;
|
||||
static void __iomem *baseaddr;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1 id="Partition_defines">
|
||||
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ int __init board_init (void)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* map physical address */
|
||||
baseaddr = (unsigned long)ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024);
|
||||
if(!baseaddr){
|
||||
baseaddr = ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024);
|
||||
if (!baseaddr) {
|
||||
printk("Ioremap to access NAND chip failed\n");
|
||||
err = -EIO;
|
||||
goto out_mtd;
|
||||
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ int __init board_init (void)
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
|
||||
out_ior:
|
||||
iounmap((void *)baseaddr);
|
||||
iounmap(baseaddr);
|
||||
out_mtd:
|
||||
kfree (board_mtd);
|
||||
out:
|
||||
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ static void __exit board_cleanup (void)
|
||||
nand_release (board_mtd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* unmap physical address */
|
||||
iounmap((void *)baseaddr);
|
||||
iounmap(baseaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the MTD device structure */
|
||||
kfree (board_mtd);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
|
||||
<!ENTITY procfsexample SYSTEM "procfs_example.xml">
|
||||
]>
|
||||
|
||||
<book id="LKProcfsGuide">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>Linux Kernel Procfs Guide</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Erik</firstname>
|
||||
<othername>(J.A.K.)</othername>
|
||||
<surname>Mouw</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>mouw@nl.linux.org</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
<othercredit>
|
||||
<contrib>
|
||||
This software and documentation were written while working on the
|
||||
LART computing board
|
||||
(<ulink url="http://www.lartmaker.nl/">http://www.lartmaker.nl/</ulink>),
|
||||
which was sponsored by the Delt University of Technology projects
|
||||
Mobile Multi-media Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
</contrib>
|
||||
</othercredit>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<revhistory>
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>May 30, 2001</date>
|
||||
<revremark>Initial revision posted to linux-kernel</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>1.1</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>June 3, 2001</date>
|
||||
<revremark>Revised after comments from linux-kernel</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
</revhistory>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2001</year>
|
||||
<holder>Erik Mouw</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it
|
||||
and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
|
||||
version.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
|
||||
distribution of Linux.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<toc>
|
||||
</toc>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<preface id="Preface">
|
||||
<title>Preface</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
|
||||
within the Linux kernel. The idea to write this guide came up on
|
||||
the #kernelnewbies IRC channel (see <ulink
|
||||
url="http://www.kernelnewbies.org/">http://www.kernelnewbies.org/</ulink>),
|
||||
when Jeff Garzik explained the use of procfs and forwarded me a
|
||||
message Alexander Viro wrote to the linux-kernel mailing list. I
|
||||
agreed to write it up nicely, so here it is.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
I'd like to thank Jeff Garzik
|
||||
<email>jgarzik@pobox.com</email> and Alexander Viro
|
||||
<email>viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk</email> for their input,
|
||||
Tim Waugh <email>twaugh@redhat.com</email> for his <ulink
|
||||
url="http://people.redhat.com/twaugh/docbook/selfdocbook/">Selfdocbook</ulink>,
|
||||
and Marc Joosen <email>marcj@historia.et.tudelft.nl</email> for
|
||||
proofreading.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Erik
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</preface>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="intro">
|
||||
<title>Introduction</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <filename class="directory">/proc</filename> file system
|
||||
(procfs) is a special file system in the linux kernel. It's a
|
||||
virtual file system: it is not associated with a block device
|
||||
but exists only in memory. The files in the procfs are there to
|
||||
allow userland programs access to certain information from the
|
||||
kernel (like process information in <filename
|
||||
class="directory">/proc/[0-9]+/</filename>), but also for debug
|
||||
purposes (like <filename>/proc/ksyms</filename>).
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This guide describes the use of the procfs file system from
|
||||
within the Linux kernel. It starts by introducing all relevant
|
||||
functions to manage the files within the file system. After that
|
||||
it shows how to communicate with userland, and some tips and
|
||||
tricks will be pointed out. Finally a complete example will be
|
||||
shown.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that the files in <filename
|
||||
class="directory">/proc/sys</filename> are sysctl files: they
|
||||
don't belong to procfs and are governed by a completely
|
||||
different API described in the Kernel API book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="managing">
|
||||
<title>Managing procfs entries</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter describes the functions that various kernel
|
||||
components use to populate the procfs with files, symlinks,
|
||||
device nodes, and directories.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
A minor note before we start: if you want to use any of the
|
||||
procfs functions, be sure to include the correct header file!
|
||||
This should be one of the first lines in your code:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="regularfile">
|
||||
<title>Creating a regular file</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This function creates a regular file with the name
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter>, file mode
|
||||
<parameter>mode</parameter> in the directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter>. To create a file in the root of
|
||||
the procfs, use <constant>NULL</constant> as
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> parameter. When successful, the
|
||||
function will return a pointer to the freshly created
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname>; otherwise it
|
||||
will return <constant>NULL</constant>. <xref
|
||||
linkend="userland"/> describes how to do something useful with
|
||||
regular files.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note that it is specifically supported that you can pass a
|
||||
path that spans multiple directories. For example
|
||||
<function>create_proc_entry</function>(<parameter>"drivers/via0/info"</parameter>)
|
||||
will create the <filename class="directory">via0</filename>
|
||||
directory if necessary, with standard
|
||||
<constant>0755</constant> permissions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you only want to be able to read the file, the function
|
||||
<function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
|
||||
linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise
|
||||
the procfs entry in one single call.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Creating_a_symlink">
|
||||
<title>Creating a symlink</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
|
||||
<function>proc_symlink</function></funcdef> <paramdef>const
|
||||
char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry*
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef> <paramdef>const
|
||||
char* <parameter>dest</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This creates a symlink in the procfs directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> that points from
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter> to
|
||||
<parameter>dest</parameter>. This translates in userland to
|
||||
<literal>ln -s</literal> <parameter>dest</parameter>
|
||||
<parameter>name</parameter>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Creating_a_directory">
|
||||
<title>Creating a directory</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>proc_mkdir</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Create a directory <parameter>name</parameter> in the procfs
|
||||
directory <parameter>parent</parameter>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Removing_an_entry">
|
||||
<title>Removing an entry</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>void <function>remove_proc_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Removes the entry <parameter>name</parameter> in the directory
|
||||
<parameter>parent</parameter> from the procfs. Entries are
|
||||
removed by their <emphasis>name</emphasis>, not by the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> returned by the
|
||||
various create functions. Note that this function doesn't
|
||||
recursively remove entries.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> entry from
|
||||
the <structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> before
|
||||
<function>remove_proc_entry</function> is called (that is: if
|
||||
there was some <structfield>data</structfield> allocated, of
|
||||
course). See <xref linkend="usingdata"/> for more information
|
||||
on using the <structfield>data</structfield> entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="userland">
|
||||
<title>Communicating with userland</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Instead of reading (or writing) information directly from
|
||||
kernel memory, procfs works with <emphasis>call back
|
||||
functions</emphasis> for files: functions that are called when
|
||||
a specific file is being read or written. Such functions have
|
||||
to be initialised after the procfs file is created by setting
|
||||
the <structfield>read_proc</structfield> and/or
|
||||
<structfield>write_proc</structfield> fields in the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry*</structname> that the
|
||||
function <function>create_proc_entry</function> returned:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->read_proc = read_proc_foo;
|
||||
entry->write_proc = write_proc_foo;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If you only want to use a the
|
||||
<structfield>read_proc</structfield>, the function
|
||||
<function>create_proc_read_entry</function> described in <xref
|
||||
linkend="convenience"/> may be used to create and initialise the
|
||||
procfs entry in one single call.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Reading_data">
|
||||
<title>Reading data</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The read function is a call back function that allows userland
|
||||
processes to read data from the kernel. The read function
|
||||
should have the following format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>read_func</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>char** <parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>off_t <parameter>off</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int* <parameter>peof</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The read function should write its information into the
|
||||
<parameter>buffer</parameter>, which will be exactly
|
||||
<literal>PAGE_SIZE</literal> bytes long.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The parameter
|
||||
<parameter>peof</parameter> should be used to signal that the
|
||||
end of the file has been reached by writing
|
||||
<literal>1</literal> to the memory location
|
||||
<parameter>peof</parameter> points to.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <parameter>data</parameter>
|
||||
parameter can be used to create a single call back function for
|
||||
several files, see <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The rest of the parameters and the return value are described
|
||||
by a comment in <filename>fs/proc/generic.c</filename> as follows:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<blockquote>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You have three ways to return data:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Leave <literal>*start = NULL</literal>. (This is the default.)
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at that
|
||||
offset within the buffer. Return the number (<literal>n</literal>)
|
||||
of bytes there are from the beginning of the
|
||||
buffer up to the last byte of data. If the
|
||||
number of supplied bytes (<literal>= n - offset</literal>) is
|
||||
greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
|
||||
and the reader is prepared to take more data
|
||||
you will be called again with the requested
|
||||
offset advanced by the number of bytes
|
||||
absorbed. This interface is useful for files
|
||||
no larger than the buffer.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set <literal>*start</literal> to an unsigned long value less than
|
||||
the buffer address but greater than zero.
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at the
|
||||
beginning of the buffer. Return the number of
|
||||
bytes of data placed there. If this number is
|
||||
greater than zero and you didn't signal eof
|
||||
and the reader is prepared to take more data
|
||||
you will be called again with the requested
|
||||
offset advanced by <literal>*start</literal>. This interface is
|
||||
useful when you have a large file consisting
|
||||
of a series of blocks which you want to count
|
||||
and return as wholes.
|
||||
(Hack by Paul.Russell@rustcorp.com.au)
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Set <literal>*start</literal> to an address within the buffer.
|
||||
Put the data of the requested offset at <literal>*start</literal>.
|
||||
Return the number of bytes of data placed there.
|
||||
If this number is greater than zero and you
|
||||
didn't signal eof and the reader is prepared to
|
||||
take more data you will be called again with the
|
||||
requested offset advanced by the number of bytes
|
||||
absorbed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</blockquote>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
<xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use a read call back
|
||||
function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Writing_data">
|
||||
<title>Writing data</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The write call back function allows a userland process to write
|
||||
data to the kernel, so it has some kind of control over the
|
||||
kernel. The write function should have the following format:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>write_func</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct file* <parameter>file</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>buffer</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>unsigned long <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The write function should read <parameter>count</parameter>
|
||||
bytes at maximum from the <parameter>buffer</parameter>. Note
|
||||
that the <parameter>buffer</parameter> doesn't live in the
|
||||
kernel's memory space, so it should first be copied to kernel
|
||||
space with <function>copy_from_user</function>. The
|
||||
<parameter>file</parameter> parameter is usually
|
||||
ignored. <xref linkend="usingdata"/> shows how to use the
|
||||
<parameter>data</parameter> parameter.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Again, <xref linkend="example"/> shows how to use this call back
|
||||
function.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="usingdata">
|
||||
<title>A single call back for many files</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
When a large number of almost identical files is used, it's
|
||||
quite inconvenient to use a separate call back function for
|
||||
each file. A better approach is to have a single call back
|
||||
function that distinguishes between the files by using the
|
||||
<structfield>data</structfield> field in <structname>struct
|
||||
proc_dir_entry</structname>. First of all, the
|
||||
<structfield>data</structfield> field has to be initialised:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
struct my_file_data *file_data;
|
||||
|
||||
file_data = kmalloc(sizeof(struct my_file_data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
entry->data = file_data;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The <structfield>data</structfield> field is a <type>void
|
||||
*</type>, so it can be initialised with anything.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Now that the <structfield>data</structfield> field is set, the
|
||||
<function>read_proc</function> and
|
||||
<function>write_proc</function> can use it to distinguish
|
||||
between files because they get it passed into their
|
||||
<parameter>data</parameter> parameter:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
int foo_read_func(char *page, char **start, off_t off,
|
||||
int count, int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
if(data == file_data) {
|
||||
/* special case for this file */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* normal processing */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Be sure to free the <structfield>data</structfield> data field
|
||||
when removing the procfs entry.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="tips">
|
||||
<title>Tips and tricks</title>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="convenience">
|
||||
<title>Convenience functions</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <function>create_proc_read_entry</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>const char* <parameter>name</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>mode_t <parameter>mode</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct proc_dir_entry* <parameter>parent</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>read_proc_t* <parameter>read_proc</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>void* <parameter>data</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This function creates a regular file in exactly the same way
|
||||
as <function>create_proc_entry</function> from <xref
|
||||
linkend="regularfile"/> does, but also allows to set the read
|
||||
function <parameter>read_proc</parameter> in one call. This
|
||||
function can set the <parameter>data</parameter> as well, like
|
||||
explained in <xref linkend="usingdata"/>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Modules">
|
||||
<title>Modules</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
If procfs is being used from within a module, be sure to set
|
||||
the <structfield>owner</structfield> field in the
|
||||
<structname>struct proc_dir_entry</structname> to
|
||||
<constant>THIS_MODULE</constant>.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->owner = THIS_MODULE;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<sect1 id="Mode_and_ownership">
|
||||
<title>Mode and ownership</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Sometimes it is useful to change the mode and/or ownership of
|
||||
a procfs entry. Here is an example that shows how to achieve
|
||||
that:
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry* entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry->mode = S_IWUSR |S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH;
|
||||
entry->uid = 0;
|
||||
entry->gid = 100;
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="example">
|
||||
<title>Example</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- be careful with the example code: it shouldn't be wider than
|
||||
approx. 60 columns, or otherwise it won't fit properly on a page
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
&procfsexample;
|
||||
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</book>
|
||||
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* procfs_example.c: an example proc interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001, Erik Mouw (mouw@nl.linux.org)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file accompanies the procfs-guide in the Linux kernel
|
||||
* source. Its main use is to demonstrate the concepts and
|
||||
* functions described in the guide.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This software has been developed while working on the LART
|
||||
* computing board (http://www.lartmaker.nl), which was sponsored
|
||||
* by the Delt University of Technology projects Mobile Multi-media
|
||||
* Communications and Ubiquitous Communications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||
* it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General
|
||||
* Public License as published by the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
* option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
* warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
* PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
|
||||
* details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
* License along with this program; if not, write to the
|
||||
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place,
|
||||
* Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/proc_fs.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/jiffies.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define MODULE_VERS "1.0"
|
||||
#define MODULE_NAME "procfs_example"
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOOBAR_LEN 8
|
||||
|
||||
struct fb_data_t {
|
||||
char name[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
|
||||
char value[FOOBAR_LEN + 1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct proc_dir_entry *example_dir, *foo_file,
|
||||
*bar_file, *jiffies_file, *symlink;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct fb_data_t foo_data, bar_data;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_read_jiffies(char *page, char **start,
|
||||
off_t off, int count,
|
||||
int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
len = sprintf(page, "jiffies = %ld\n",
|
||||
jiffies);
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_read_foobar(char *page, char **start,
|
||||
off_t off, int count,
|
||||
int *eof, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DON'T DO THAT - buffer overruns are bad */
|
||||
len = sprintf(page, "%s = '%s'\n",
|
||||
fb_data->name, fb_data->value);
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int proc_write_foobar(struct file *file,
|
||||
const char *buffer,
|
||||
unsigned long count,
|
||||
void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
struct fb_data_t *fb_data = (struct fb_data_t *)data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(count > FOOBAR_LEN)
|
||||
len = FOOBAR_LEN;
|
||||
else
|
||||
len = count;
|
||||
|
||||
if(copy_from_user(fb_data->value, buffer, len))
|
||||
return -EFAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
fb_data->value[len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init init_procfs_example(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int rv = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* create directory */
|
||||
example_dir = proc_mkdir(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
if(example_dir == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto out;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* create jiffies using convenience function */
|
||||
jiffies_file = create_proc_read_entry("jiffies",
|
||||
0444, example_dir,
|
||||
proc_read_jiffies,
|
||||
NULL);
|
||||
if(jiffies_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_jiffies;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* create foo and bar files using same callback
|
||||
* functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
foo_file = create_proc_entry("foo", 0644, example_dir);
|
||||
if(foo_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_foo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(foo_data.name, "foo");
|
||||
strcpy(foo_data.value, "foo");
|
||||
foo_file->data = &foo_data;
|
||||
foo_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
|
||||
foo_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
|
||||
|
||||
bar_file = create_proc_entry("bar", 0644, example_dir);
|
||||
if(bar_file == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_bar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy(bar_data.name, "bar");
|
||||
strcpy(bar_data.value, "bar");
|
||||
bar_file->data = &bar_data;
|
||||
bar_file->read_proc = proc_read_foobar;
|
||||
bar_file->write_proc = proc_write_foobar;
|
||||
|
||||
/* create symlink */
|
||||
symlink = proc_symlink("jiffies_too", example_dir,
|
||||
"jiffies");
|
||||
if(symlink == NULL) {
|
||||
rv = -ENOMEM;
|
||||
goto no_symlink;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* everything OK */
|
||||
printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s initialised\n",
|
||||
MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
no_symlink:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
|
||||
no_bar:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
|
||||
no_foo:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
|
||||
no_jiffies:
|
||||
remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
out:
|
||||
return rv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void __exit cleanup_procfs_example(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies_too", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("bar", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("foo", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry("jiffies", example_dir);
|
||||
remove_proc_entry(MODULE_NAME, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
printk(KERN_INFO "%s %s removed\n",
|
||||
MODULE_NAME, MODULE_VERS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
module_init(init_procfs_example);
|
||||
module_exit(cleanup_procfs_example);
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_AUTHOR("Erik Mouw");
|
||||
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("procfs examples");
|
||||
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
|
||||
@@ -716,6 +716,41 @@ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &std_id)) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</example>
|
||||
<section id="dv-timings">
|
||||
<title>Digital Video (DV) Timings</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The video standards discussed so far has been dealing with Analog TV and the
|
||||
corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces
|
||||
such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry
|
||||
video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings
|
||||
for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to
|
||||
the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs is added to set/get video timings at
|
||||
the input and output: </para><itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets. These are IDs representing a
|
||||
video timing at the input/output. Presets are pre-defined timings implemented
|
||||
by the hardware according to video standards. A __u32 data type is used to represent
|
||||
a preset unlike the bit mask that is used in &v4l2-std-id; allowing future extensions
|
||||
to support as many different presets as needed.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Custom DV Timings: This will allow applications to define more detailed
|
||||
custom video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height,
|
||||
polarities, frontporch, backporch etc.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
<para>To enumerate and query the attributes of DV presets supported by a device,
|
||||
applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; ioctl. To get the current DV preset,
|
||||
applications use the &VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET; ioctl and to set a preset they use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para>
|
||||
<para>To set custom DV timings for the device, applications use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current custom DV timings they use the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para>
|
||||
<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
|
||||
<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the
|
||||
video timings for the device.</para>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
&sub-controls;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ was renamed to <structname id="v4l2-chip-ident-old">v4l2_chip_ident_old</structn
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>New control <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant> was added.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section>
|
||||
<title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32</title>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
@@ -2322,8 +2322,16 @@ more information.</para>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
<section>
|
||||
<title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.33</title>
|
||||
<orderedlist>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>Added support for Digital Video timings in order to support HDTV receivers and transmitters.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</orderedlist>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
</section>
|
||||
|
||||
<section id="other">
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -589,7 +589,8 @@ number of a video input as in &v4l2-input; field
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
|
||||
(driver defined) buffer types
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher.</entry>
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
|
||||
should set this to 0.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -74,6 +74,17 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Muralidharan</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Karicheri</surname>
|
||||
<contrib>Documented the Digital Video timings API.</contrib>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address>
|
||||
<email>m-karicheri2@ti.com</email>
|
||||
</address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
@@ -89,7 +100,7 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
|
||||
<year>2008</year>
|
||||
<year>2009</year>
|
||||
<holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
|
||||
Rubli, Andy Walls, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
|
||||
Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within
|
||||
@@ -102,6 +113,13 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
|
||||
(compat.sgml), along with the possible impact on existing drivers and
|
||||
applications. -->
|
||||
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>2.6.33</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>2009-12-03</date>
|
||||
<authorinitials>mk</authorinitials>
|
||||
<revremark>Added documentation for the Digital Video timings API.</revremark>
|
||||
</revision>
|
||||
|
||||
<revision>
|
||||
<revnumber>2.6.32</revnumber>
|
||||
<date>2009-08-31</date>
|
||||
@@ -355,7 +373,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
||||
</partinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
|
||||
<subtitle>Revision 2.6.32</subtitle>
|
||||
<subtitle>Revision 2.6.33</subtitle>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="common">
|
||||
&sub-common;
|
||||
@@ -411,6 +429,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
||||
&sub-encoder-cmd;
|
||||
&sub-enumaudio;
|
||||
&sub-enumaudioout;
|
||||
&sub-enum-dv-presets;
|
||||
&sub-enum-fmt;
|
||||
&sub-enum-framesizes;
|
||||
&sub-enum-frameintervals;
|
||||
@@ -421,6 +440,8 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
||||
&sub-g-audioout;
|
||||
&sub-g-crop;
|
||||
&sub-g-ctrl;
|
||||
&sub-g-dv-preset;
|
||||
&sub-g-dv-timings;
|
||||
&sub-g-enc-index;
|
||||
&sub-g-ext-ctrls;
|
||||
&sub-g-fbuf;
|
||||
@@ -441,6 +462,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
|
||||
&sub-querybuf;
|
||||
&sub-querycap;
|
||||
&sub-queryctrl;
|
||||
&sub-query-dv-preset;
|
||||
&sub-querystd;
|
||||
&sub-reqbufs;
|
||||
&sub-s-hw-freq-seek;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -733,6 +733,99 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-standard">v4l2_standard</link> {
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O T I M I N G S D V P R E S E T
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link> {
|
||||
__u32 preset;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V P R E S E T S E N U M E R A T I O N
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link> {
|
||||
__u32 index;
|
||||
__u32 preset;
|
||||
__u8 name[32]; /* Name of the preset timing */
|
||||
__u32 width;
|
||||
__u32 height;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V P R E S E T V A L U E S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_INVALID 0
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_480P59_94 1 /* BT.1362 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_576P50 2 /* BT.1362 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P24 3 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P25 4 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P30 5 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P50 6 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P59_94 7 /* SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_720P60 8 /* SMPTE 274M/296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I29_97 9 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I30 10 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I25 11 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I50 12 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080I60 13 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P24 14 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P25 15 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P30 16 /* SMPTE 296M */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P50 17 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_1080P60 18 /* BT.1120 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* D V B T T I M I N G S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* BT.656/BT.1120 timing data */
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> {
|
||||
__u32 width; /* width in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 height; /* height in lines */
|
||||
__u32 interlaced; /* Interlaced or progressive */
|
||||
__u32 polarities; /* Positive or negative polarity */
|
||||
__u64 pixelclock; /* Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000 */
|
||||
__u32 hfrontporch; /* Horizpontal front porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 hsync; /* Horizontal Sync length in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 hbackporch; /* Horizontal back porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch in pixels */
|
||||
__u32 vsync; /* Vertical Sync length in lines */
|
||||
__u32 vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch in lines */
|
||||
__u32 il_vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 il_vsync; /* Vertical sync length for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 il_vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch for bottom field of
|
||||
* interlaced field formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__u32 reserved[16];
|
||||
} __attribute__ ((packed));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Interlaced or progressive format */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_PROGRESSIVE 0
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_INTERLACED 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polarities. If bit is not set, it is assumed to be negative polarity */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000001
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000002
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* DV timings */
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link> {
|
||||
__u32 type;
|
||||
union {
|
||||
struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> bt;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[32];
|
||||
};
|
||||
} __attribute__ ((packed));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values for the type field */
|
||||
#define V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120 0 /* BT.656/1120 timing type */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O I N P U T S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -744,7 +837,8 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
|
||||
__u32 tuner; /* Associated tuner */
|
||||
v4l2_std_id std;
|
||||
__u32 status;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
__u32 capabilities;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values for the 'type' field */
|
||||
@@ -775,6 +869,11 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS 0x02000000 /* Conditional access denied */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR 0x04000000 /* VTR time constant */
|
||||
|
||||
/* capabilities flags */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
|
||||
#define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* V I D E O O U T P U T S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -785,13 +884,19 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-output">v4l2_output</link> {
|
||||
__u32 audioset; /* Associated audios (bitfield) */
|
||||
__u32 modulator; /* Associated modulator */
|
||||
v4l2_std_id std;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[4];
|
||||
__u32 capabilities;
|
||||
__u32 reserved[3];
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* Values for the 'type' field */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR 1
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG 2
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY 3
|
||||
|
||||
/* capabilities flags */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
|
||||
#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* C O N T R O L S
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -1626,6 +1731,13 @@ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link> {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK _IOW('V', 82, struct <link linkend="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS _IOWR('V', 83, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 84, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 85, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET _IOR('V', 86, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 87, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
|
||||
#define VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 88, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
|
||||
drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
238
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
Normal file
238
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
||||
<refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-presets">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video presets</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To query the attributes of a DV preset, applications initialize the
|
||||
<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-enum-preset;
|
||||
and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
|
||||
structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
|
||||
&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all DV Presets supported,
|
||||
applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
|
||||
driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Drivers may enumerate a
|
||||
different set of DV presets after switching the video input or
|
||||
output.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_enum_presets</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Number of the DV preset, set by the
|
||||
application.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field identifies one of the DV preset values listed in <xref linkend="v4l2-dv-presets-vals"/>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u8</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>name</structfield>[24]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Name of the preset, a NUL-terminated ASCII string, for example: "720P-60", "1080I-60". This information is
|
||||
intended for the user.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Width of the active video in pixels for the DV preset.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Height of the active video in lines for the DV preset.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-presets-vals">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>DV Presets</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Preset</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Preset value</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_INVALID</entry>
|
||||
<entry>0</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Invalid preset value.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_480P59_94</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1</entry>
|
||||
<entry>720x480 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_576P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>2</entry>
|
||||
<entry>720x576 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P24</entry>
|
||||
<entry>3</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>4</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>5</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>6</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P59_94</entry>
|
||||
<entry>7</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_720P60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>8</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1280x720 progressive video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 274M/296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I29_97</entry>
|
||||
<entry>9</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 29.97 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>10</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 30 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>11</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 25 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>12</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080I60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>13</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P24</entry>
|
||||
<entry>14</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P25</entry>
|
||||
<entry>15</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P30</entry>
|
||||
<entry>16</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P50</entry>
|
||||
<entry>17</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_1080P60</entry>
|
||||
<entry>18</entry>
|
||||
<entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 60 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The &v4l2-dv-enum-preset; <structfield>index</structfield>
|
||||
is out of bounds.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +124,13 @@ current input.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field provides capabilities for the
|
||||
input. See <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
|
||||
the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
@@ -261,6 +267,34 @@ flag is set Macrovision has been detected.</entry>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Capability flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
|
||||
Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
|
||||
input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-capabilities">
|
||||
<title>Input capabilities</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-def;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000001</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000002</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000004</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This input supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -114,7 +114,13 @@ details on video standards and how to switch see <xref
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This field provides capabilities for the
|
||||
output. See <xref linkend="output-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
|
||||
the array to zero.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
@@ -147,6 +153,34 @@ CVBS, S-Video, RGB.</entry>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- Capabilities flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
|
||||
Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
|
||||
input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
<table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="output-capabilities">
|
||||
<title>Output capabilities</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-def;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000001</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000002</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
|
||||
<entry>0x00000004</entry>
|
||||
<entry>This output supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
111
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
111
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-preset">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Query or select the DV preset of the current input or output</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset;
|
||||
*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
<para>To query and select the current DV preset, applications
|
||||
use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>
|
||||
ioctls which take a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset; type as argument.
|
||||
Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> returns a dv preset in the field
|
||||
<structfield>preset</structfield> of &v4l2-dv-preset;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> accepts a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset;
|
||||
that has the preset value to be set. Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
|
||||
If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>,<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-preset">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_preset</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Preset value to represent the digital video timings</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved[4]</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
224
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
Normal file
224
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
||||
<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-timings">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Get or set custom DV timings for input or output</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-timings;
|
||||
*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
<para>To set custom DV timings for the input or output, applications use the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current custom timings,
|
||||
applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl. The detailed timing
|
||||
information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take
|
||||
a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported
|
||||
or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Width of the active video in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Height of the active video in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>interlaced</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Progressive (0) or interlaced (1)</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>polarities</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>This is a bit mask that defines polarities of sync signals.
|
||||
bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL) is for horizontal sync polarity. If the bit is set
|
||||
(1) it is positive polarity and if is cleared (0), it is negative polarity.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u64</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>pixelclock</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Pixel clock in Hz. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal front porch in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal sync length in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>hbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Horizontal back porch in pixels</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical front porch in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical sync length in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>vbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical back porch in lines</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical front porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vsync</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical sync length in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>il_vbackporch</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Vertical back porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-timings">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="4">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Type of DV timings as listed in <xref linkend="dv-timing-types"/>.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>union</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield></structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>&v4l2-bt-timings;</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>bt</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>Timings defined by BT.656/1120 specifications</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-timing-types">
|
||||
<title>DV Timing types</title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
&cs-str;
|
||||
<tbody valign="top">
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>Timing type</entry>
|
||||
<entry>value</entry>
|
||||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
<entry></entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120</entry>
|
||||
<entry>0</entry>
|
||||
<entry>BT.656/1120 timings</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
@@ -86,6 +86,12 @@ standards.</para>
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the standard</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,12 +54,10 @@ to enqueue an empty (capturing) or filled (output) buffer in the
|
||||
driver's incoming queue. The semantics depend on the selected I/O
|
||||
method.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To enqueue a <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link>
|
||||
buffer applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a
|
||||
&v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as previously &v4l2-format;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield>, the <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> and the
|
||||
<para>To enqueue a buffer applications set the <structfield>type</structfield>
|
||||
field of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used
|
||||
with &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield>. Applications must also set the
|
||||
<structfield>index</structfield> field. Valid index numbers range from
|
||||
zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
|
||||
(&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one. The
|
||||
@@ -70,8 +68,19 @@ intended for output (<structfield>type</structfield> is
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>) applications must also
|
||||
initialize the <structfield>bytesused</structfield>,
|
||||
<structfield>field</structfield> and
|
||||
<structfield>timestamp</structfield> fields. See <xref
|
||||
linkend="buffer" /> for details. When
|
||||
<structfield>timestamp</structfield> fields, see <xref
|
||||
linkend="buffer" /> for details.
|
||||
Applications must also set <structfield>flags</structfield> to 0. If a driver
|
||||
supports capturing from specific video inputs and you want to specify a video
|
||||
input, then <structfield>flags</structfield> should be set to
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant> and the field
|
||||
<structfield>input</structfield> must be initialized to the desired input.
|
||||
The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field must be set to 0.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To enqueue a <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link>
|
||||
buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>. When
|
||||
<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this
|
||||
structure the driver sets the
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
|
||||
@@ -81,14 +90,10 @@ structure the driver sets the
|
||||
&EINVAL;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To enqueue a <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>
|
||||
buffer applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a
|
||||
&v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as previously &v4l2-format;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield>, the <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant> and the
|
||||
buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, the
|
||||
<structfield>m.userptr</structfield> field to the address of the
|
||||
buffer and <structfield>length</structfield> to its size. When the
|
||||
buffer is intended for output additional fields must be set as above.
|
||||
buffer and <structfield>length</structfield> to its size.
|
||||
When <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this
|
||||
structure the driver sets the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant>
|
||||
flag and clears the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
|
||||
@@ -96,13 +101,14 @@ flag and clears the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
|
||||
<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an error code.
|
||||
This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory,
|
||||
they cannot be swapped out to disk. Buffers remain locked until
|
||||
dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl are
|
||||
dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is
|
||||
called, or until the device is closed.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Applications call the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
|
||||
ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer
|
||||
from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield> and <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield>, <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
and <structfield>reserved</structfield>
|
||||
fields of a &v4l2-buffer; as above, when <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
|
||||
is called with a pointer to this structure the driver fills the
|
||||
remaining fields or returns an error code.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
85
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
85
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
<refentry id="vidioc-query-dv-preset">
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
|
||||
&manvol;
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current
|
||||
input</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
<funcsynopsis>
|
||||
<funcprototype>
|
||||
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
<paramdef>&v4l2-dv-preset; *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
|
||||
</funcprototype>
|
||||
</funcsynopsis>
|
||||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Arguments</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>&fd;</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para></para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
<title>Description</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV preset
|
||||
automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications
|
||||
call <constant> VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant> with a pointer to a
|
||||
&v4l2-dv-preset; type. Once the hardware detects a preset, that preset is
|
||||
returned in the preset field of &v4l2-dv-preset;. When detection is not
|
||||
possible or fails, the value V4L2_DV_INVALID is returned.</para>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
|
||||
<refsect1>
|
||||
&return-value;
|
||||
<variablelist>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not sense the preset</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Local Variables:
|
||||
mode: sgml
|
||||
sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
|
||||
indent-tabs-mode: nil
|
||||
End:
|
||||
-->
|
||||
@@ -54,12 +54,13 @@ buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
|
||||
&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field
|
||||
of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as previously
|
||||
of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used with
|
||||
&v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
|
||||
<structfield>type</structfield>, and the <structfield>index</structfield>
|
||||
field. Valid index numbers range from zero
|
||||
to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
|
||||
(&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.
|
||||
The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0.
|
||||
After calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> with a pointer to
|
||||
this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of
|
||||
the structure.</para>
|
||||
@@ -68,8 +69,8 @@ the structure.</para>
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant>,
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The
|
||||
<structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>, the <structfield>m.offset</structfield>
|
||||
<structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current
|
||||
I/O method, the <structfield>m.offset</structfield>
|
||||
contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory,
|
||||
the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. The driver may
|
||||
or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are meaningless in
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -70,6 +70,12 @@ current video input or output.</para>
|
||||
<para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
<varlistentry>
|
||||
<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
|
||||
<listitem>
|
||||
<para>The device is busy and therefore can not detect the standard</para>
|
||||
</listitem>
|
||||
</varlistentry>
|
||||
</variablelist>
|
||||
</refsect1>
|
||||
</refentry>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,23 +54,23 @@ I/O. Memory mapped buffers are located in device memory and must be
|
||||
allocated with this ioctl before they can be mapped into the
|
||||
application's address space. User buffers are allocated by
|
||||
applications themselves, and this ioctl is merely used to switch the
|
||||
driver into user pointer I/O mode.</para>
|
||||
driver into user pointer I/O mode and to setup some internal structures.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To allocate device buffers applications initialize three
|
||||
fields of a <structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname> structure.
|
||||
<para>To allocate device buffers applications initialize all
|
||||
fields of the <structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname> structure.
|
||||
They set the <structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective
|
||||
stream or buffer type, the <structfield>count</structfield> field to
|
||||
the desired number of buffers, and <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
must be set to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>. When the ioctl
|
||||
is called with a pointer to this structure the driver attempts to
|
||||
allocate the requested number of buffers and stores the actual number
|
||||
the desired number of buffers, <structfield>memory</structfield>
|
||||
must be set to the requested I/O method and the reserved array
|
||||
must be zeroed. When the ioctl
|
||||
is called with a pointer to this structure the driver will attempt to allocate
|
||||
the requested number of buffers and it stores the actual number
|
||||
allocated in the <structfield>count</structfield> field. It can be
|
||||
smaller than the number requested, even zero, when the driver runs out
|
||||
of free memory. A larger number is possible when the driver requires
|
||||
more buffers to function correctly.<footnote>
|
||||
<para>For example video output requires at least two buffers,
|
||||
of free memory. A larger number is also possible when the driver requires
|
||||
more buffers to function correctly. For example video output requires at least two buffers,
|
||||
one displayed and one filled by the application.</para>
|
||||
</footnote> When memory mapping I/O is not supported the ioctl
|
||||
<para>When the I/O method is not supported the ioctl
|
||||
returns an &EINVAL;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>Applications can call <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>
|
||||
@@ -81,14 +81,6 @@ in progress, an implicit &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF;. <!-- mhs: I see no
|
||||
reason why munmap()ping one or even all buffers must imply
|
||||
streamoff.--></para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>To negotiate user pointer I/O, applications initialize only
|
||||
the <structfield>type</structfield> field and set
|
||||
<structfield>memory</structfield> to
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>. When the ioctl is called
|
||||
with a pointer to this structure the driver prepares for user pointer
|
||||
I/O, when this I/O method is not supported the ioctl returns an
|
||||
&EINVAL;.</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-requestbuffers">
|
||||
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname></title>
|
||||
<tgroup cols="3">
|
||||
@@ -97,9 +89,7 @@ I/O, when this I/O method is not supported the ioctl returns an
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>__u32</entry>
|
||||
<entry><structfield>count</structfield></entry>
|
||||
<entry>The number of buffers requested or granted. This
|
||||
field is only used when <structfield>memory</structfield> is set to
|
||||
<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>.</entry>
|
||||
<entry>The number of buffers requested or granted.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
<row>
|
||||
<entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
|
||||
@@ -120,7 +110,7 @@ as the &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref
|
||||
<entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
|
||||
<entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
|
||||
(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
|
||||
higher.</entry>
|
||||
higher. This array should be zeroed by applications.</entry>
|
||||
</row>
|
||||
</tbody>
|
||||
</tgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ For such memory, you can do things like
|
||||
* access only the 640k-1MB area, so anything else
|
||||
* has to be remapped.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char * baseptr = ioremap(0xFC000000, 1024*1024);
|
||||
void __iomem *baseptr = ioremap(0xFC000000, 1024*1024);
|
||||
|
||||
/* write a 'A' to the offset 10 of the area */
|
||||
writeb('A',baseptr+10);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,16 +6,22 @@ checklist.txt
|
||||
- Review Checklist for RCU Patches
|
||||
listRCU.txt
|
||||
- Using RCU to Protect Read-Mostly Linked Lists
|
||||
lockdep.txt
|
||||
- RCU and lockdep checking
|
||||
NMI-RCU.txt
|
||||
- Using RCU to Protect Dynamic NMI Handlers
|
||||
rcubarrier.txt
|
||||
- RCU and Unloadable Modules
|
||||
rculist_nulls.txt
|
||||
- RCU list primitives for use with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU
|
||||
rcuref.txt
|
||||
- Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU
|
||||
rcu.txt
|
||||
- RCU Concepts
|
||||
rcubarrier.txt
|
||||
- Unloading modules that use RCU callbacks
|
||||
RTFP.txt
|
||||
- List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980.
|
||||
stallwarn.txt
|
||||
- RCU CPU stall warnings (CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR)
|
||||
torture.txt
|
||||
- RCU Torture Test Operation (CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST)
|
||||
trace.txt
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ to be referencing the data structure. However, this mechanism was not
|
||||
optimized for modern computer systems, which is not surprising given
|
||||
that these overheads were not so expensive in the mid-80s. Nonetheless,
|
||||
passive serialization appears to be the first deferred-destruction
|
||||
mechanism to be used in production. Furthermore, the relevant patent has
|
||||
lapsed, so this approach may be used in non-GPL software, if desired.
|
||||
(In contrast, use of RCU is permitted only in software licensed under
|
||||
GPL. Sorry!!!)
|
||||
mechanism to be used in production. Furthermore, the relevant patent
|
||||
has lapsed, so this approach may be used in non-GPL software, if desired.
|
||||
(In contrast, implementation of RCU is permitted only in software licensed
|
||||
under either GPL or LGPL. Sorry!!!)
|
||||
|
||||
In 1990, Pugh [Pugh90] noted that explicitly tracking which threads
|
||||
were reading a given data structure permitted deferred free to operate
|
||||
@@ -150,6 +150,18 @@ preemptible RCU [PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCU], and the three-part
|
||||
LWN "What is RCU?" series [PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally,
|
||||
PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUUsage, and PaulEMcKenney2008WhatIsRCUAPI].
|
||||
|
||||
2008 saw a journal paper on real-time RCU [DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ],
|
||||
a history of how Linux changed RCU more than RCU changed Linux
|
||||
[PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR], and a design overview of hierarchical RCU
|
||||
[PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU].
|
||||
|
||||
2009 introduced user-level RCU algorithms [PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU],
|
||||
which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU]
|
||||
[MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made
|
||||
its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU].
|
||||
The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path
|
||||
to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash].
|
||||
|
||||
Bibtex Entries
|
||||
|
||||
@article{Kung80
|
||||
@@ -730,6 +742,11 @@ Revised:
|
||||
"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# "What is RCU?" LWN series.
|
||||
#
|
||||
########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
@article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ
|
||||
,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole"
|
||||
,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}"
|
||||
@@ -820,3 +837,39 @@ Revised:
|
||||
Uniprocessor assumptions allow simplified RCU implementation.
|
||||
"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU
|
||||
,Author="Paul E. McKenney"
|
||||
,Title="[{PATCH} -tip 0/3] expedited 'big hammer' {RCU} grace periods"
|
||||
,month="June"
|
||||
,day="25"
|
||||
,year="2009"
|
||||
,note="Available:
|
||||
\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/6/25/306}
|
||||
[Viewed August 16, 2009]"
|
||||
,annotation="
|
||||
First posting of expedited RCU to be accepted into -tip.
|
||||
"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@unpublished{JoshTriplett2009RPHash
|
||||
,Author="Josh Triplett"
|
||||
,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming"
|
||||
,month="September"
|
||||
,year="2009"
|
||||
,note="Linux Plumbers Conference presentation"
|
||||
,annotation="
|
||||
RP fun with hash tables.
|
||||
"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@phdthesis{MathieuDesnoyersPhD
|
||||
, title = "Low-Impact Operating System Tracing"
|
||||
, author = "Mathieu Desnoyers"
|
||||
, school = "Ecole Polytechnique de Montr\'{e}al"
|
||||
, month = "December"
|
||||
, year = 2009
|
||||
,note="Available:
|
||||
\url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf}
|
||||
[Viewed December 9, 2009]"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,13 +8,12 @@ would cause. This list is based on experiences reviewing such patches
|
||||
over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
|
||||
0. Is RCU being applied to a read-mostly situation? If the data
|
||||
structure is updated more than about 10% of the time, then
|
||||
you should strongly consider some other approach, unless
|
||||
detailed performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless
|
||||
the right tool for the job. Yes, you might think of RCU
|
||||
as simply cutting overhead off of the readers and imposing it
|
||||
on the writers. That is exactly why normal uses of RCU will
|
||||
do much more reading than updating.
|
||||
structure is updated more than about 10% of the time, then you
|
||||
should strongly consider some other approach, unless detailed
|
||||
performance measurements show that RCU is nonetheless the right
|
||||
tool for the job. Yes, RCU does reduce read-side overhead by
|
||||
increasing write-side overhead, which is exactly why normal uses
|
||||
of RCU will do much more reading than updating.
|
||||
|
||||
Another exception is where performance is not an issue, and RCU
|
||||
provides a simpler implementation. An example of this situation
|
||||
@@ -35,13 +34,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
|
||||
If you choose #b, be prepared to describe how you have handled
|
||||
memory barriers on weakly ordered machines (pretty much all of
|
||||
them -- even x86 allows reads to be reordered), and be prepared
|
||||
to explain why this added complexity is worthwhile. If you
|
||||
choose #c, be prepared to explain how this single task does not
|
||||
become a major bottleneck on big multiprocessor machines (for
|
||||
example, if the task is updating information relating to itself
|
||||
that other tasks can read, there by definition can be no
|
||||
bottleneck).
|
||||
them -- even x86 allows later loads to be reordered to precede
|
||||
earlier stores), and be prepared to explain why this added
|
||||
complexity is worthwhile. If you choose #c, be prepared to
|
||||
explain how this single task does not become a major bottleneck on
|
||||
big multiprocessor machines (for example, if the task is updating
|
||||
information relating to itself that other tasks can read, there
|
||||
by definition can be no bottleneck).
|
||||
|
||||
2. Do the RCU read-side critical sections make proper use of
|
||||
rcu_read_lock() and friends? These primitives are needed
|
||||
@@ -51,8 +50,10 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
actuarial risk of your kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
As a rough rule of thumb, any dereference of an RCU-protected
|
||||
pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock() or rcu_read_lock_bh()
|
||||
or by the appropriate update-side lock.
|
||||
pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_lock_bh(),
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_sched(), or by the appropriate update-side lock.
|
||||
Disabling of preemption can serve as rcu_read_lock_sched(), but
|
||||
is less readable.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Does the update code tolerate concurrent accesses?
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -62,25 +63,27 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
of ways to handle this concurrency, depending on the situation:
|
||||
|
||||
a. Use the RCU variants of the list and hlist update
|
||||
primitives to add, remove, and replace elements on an
|
||||
RCU-protected list. Alternatively, use the RCU-protected
|
||||
trees that have been added to the Linux kernel.
|
||||
primitives to add, remove, and replace elements on
|
||||
an RCU-protected list. Alternatively, use the other
|
||||
RCU-protected data structures that have been added to
|
||||
the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
This is almost always the best approach.
|
||||
|
||||
b. Proceed as in (a) above, but also maintain per-element
|
||||
locks (that are acquired by both readers and writers)
|
||||
that guard per-element state. Of course, fields that
|
||||
the readers refrain from accessing can be guarded by the
|
||||
update-side lock.
|
||||
the readers refrain from accessing can be guarded by
|
||||
some other lock acquired only by updaters, if desired.
|
||||
|
||||
This works quite well, also.
|
||||
|
||||
c. Make updates appear atomic to readers. For example,
|
||||
pointer updates to properly aligned fields will appear
|
||||
atomic, as will individual atomic primitives. Operations
|
||||
performed under a lock and sequences of multiple atomic
|
||||
primitives will -not- appear to be atomic.
|
||||
pointer updates to properly aligned fields will
|
||||
appear atomic, as will individual atomic primitives.
|
||||
Sequences of perations performed under a lock will -not-
|
||||
appear to be atomic to RCU readers, nor will sequences
|
||||
of multiple atomic primitives.
|
||||
|
||||
This can work, but is starting to get a bit tricky.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -98,9 +101,9 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
a new structure containing updated values.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Weakly ordered CPUs pose special challenges. Almost all CPUs
|
||||
are weakly ordered -- even i386 CPUs allow reads to be reordered.
|
||||
RCU code must take all of the following measures to prevent
|
||||
memory-corruption problems:
|
||||
are weakly ordered -- even x86 CPUs allow later loads to be
|
||||
reordered to precede earlier stores. RCU code must take all of
|
||||
the following measures to prevent memory-corruption problems:
|
||||
|
||||
a. Readers must maintain proper ordering of their memory
|
||||
accesses. The rcu_dereference() primitive ensures that
|
||||
@@ -113,14 +116,25 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
The rcu_dereference() primitive is also an excellent
|
||||
documentation aid, letting the person reading the code
|
||||
know exactly which pointers are protected by RCU.
|
||||
Please note that compilers can also reorder code, and
|
||||
they are becoming increasingly aggressive about doing
|
||||
just that. The rcu_dereference() primitive therefore
|
||||
also prevents destructive compiler optimizations.
|
||||
|
||||
The rcu_dereference() primitive is used by the various
|
||||
"_rcu()" list-traversal primitives, such as the
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu(). Note that it is perfectly
|
||||
legal (if redundant) for update-side code to use
|
||||
rcu_dereference() and the "_rcu()" list-traversal
|
||||
primitives. This is particularly useful in code
|
||||
that is common to readers and updaters.
|
||||
The rcu_dereference() primitive is used by the
|
||||
various "_rcu()" list-traversal primitives, such
|
||||
as the list_for_each_entry_rcu(). Note that it is
|
||||
perfectly legal (if redundant) for update-side code to
|
||||
use rcu_dereference() and the "_rcu()" list-traversal
|
||||
primitives. This is particularly useful in code that
|
||||
is common to readers and updaters. However, lockdep
|
||||
will complain if you access rcu_dereference() outside
|
||||
of an RCU read-side critical section. See lockdep.txt
|
||||
to learn what to do about this.
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, neither rcu_dereference() nor the "_rcu()"
|
||||
list-traversal primitives can substitute for a good
|
||||
concurrency design coordinating among multiple updaters.
|
||||
|
||||
b. If the list macros are being used, the list_add_tail_rcu()
|
||||
and list_add_rcu() primitives must be used in order
|
||||
@@ -135,11 +149,14 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
readers. Similarly, if the hlist macros are being used,
|
||||
the hlist_del_rcu() primitive is required.
|
||||
|
||||
The list_replace_rcu() primitive may be used to
|
||||
replace an old structure with a new one in an
|
||||
RCU-protected list.
|
||||
The list_replace_rcu() and hlist_replace_rcu() primitives
|
||||
may be used to replace an old structure with a new one
|
||||
in their respective types of RCU-protected lists.
|
||||
|
||||
d. Updates must ensure that initialization of a given
|
||||
d. Rules similar to (4b) and (4c) apply to the "hlist_nulls"
|
||||
type of RCU-protected linked lists.
|
||||
|
||||
e. Updates must ensure that initialization of a given
|
||||
structure happens before pointers to that structure are
|
||||
publicized. Use the rcu_assign_pointer() primitive
|
||||
when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can
|
||||
@@ -151,16 +168,31 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
it cannot block.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from
|
||||
any sort of irq context. Ditto for synchronize_sched() and
|
||||
synchronize_srcu().
|
||||
any sort of irq context. The same rule applies for
|
||||
synchronize_rcu_bh(), synchronize_sched(), synchronize_srcu(),
|
||||
synchronize_rcu_expedited(), synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(),
|
||||
synchronize_sched_expedite(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited().
|
||||
|
||||
7. If the updater uses call_rcu(), then the corresponding readers
|
||||
must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater
|
||||
uses call_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must use
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). If the updater
|
||||
uses call_rcu_sched(), then the corresponding readers must
|
||||
disable preemption. Mixing things up will result in confusion
|
||||
and broken kernels.
|
||||
The expedited forms of these primitives have the same semantics
|
||||
as the non-expedited forms, but expediting is both expensive
|
||||
and unfriendly to real-time workloads. Use of the expedited
|
||||
primitives should be restricted to rare configuration-change
|
||||
operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time
|
||||
workload is running.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the
|
||||
corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or
|
||||
synchronize_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must
|
||||
use rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(). If the
|
||||
updater uses call_rcu_sched() or synchronize_sched(), then
|
||||
the corresponding readers must disable preemption, possibly
|
||||
by calling rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched().
|
||||
If the updater uses synchronize_srcu(), the the corresponding
|
||||
readers must use srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock(),
|
||||
and with the same srcu_struct. The rules for the expedited
|
||||
primitives are the same as for their non-expedited counterparts.
|
||||
Mixing things up will result in confusion and broken kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock()
|
||||
may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh()
|
||||
@@ -212,6 +244,8 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
e. Periodically invoke synchronize_rcu(), permitting a limited
|
||||
number of updates per grace period.
|
||||
|
||||
The same cautions apply to call_rcu_bh() and call_rcu_sched().
|
||||
|
||||
9. All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include
|
||||
rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
|
||||
list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(),
|
||||
@@ -219,7 +253,9 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
must be protected by appropriate update-side locks. RCU
|
||||
read-side critical sections are delimited by rcu_read_lock()
|
||||
and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives such as
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh().
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(), in which case
|
||||
the matching rcu_dereference() primitive must be used in order
|
||||
to keep lockdep happy, in this case, rcu_dereference_bh().
|
||||
|
||||
The reason that it is permissible to use RCU list-traversal
|
||||
primitives when the update-side lock is held is that doing so
|
||||
@@ -229,7 +265,8 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
10. Conversely, if you are in an RCU read-side critical section,
|
||||
and you don't hold the appropriate update-side lock, you -must-
|
||||
use the "_rcu()" variants of the list macros. Failing to do so
|
||||
will break Alpha and confuse people reading your code.
|
||||
will break Alpha, cause aggressive compilers to generate bad code,
|
||||
and confuse people trying to read your code.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until
|
||||
all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side
|
||||
@@ -239,15 +276,21 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
rcu_read_lock()-protected read-side critical sections, do -not-
|
||||
use synchronize_rcu().
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to wait for some of these other things, you might
|
||||
instead need to use synchronize_irq() or synchronize_sched().
|
||||
Similarly, disabling preemption is not an acceptable substitute
|
||||
for rcu_read_lock(). Code that attempts to use preemption
|
||||
disabling where it should be using rcu_read_lock() will break
|
||||
in real-time kernel builds.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to wait for interrupt handlers, NMI handlers, and
|
||||
code under the influence of preempt_disable(), you instead
|
||||
need to use synchronize_irq() or synchronize_sched().
|
||||
|
||||
12. Any lock acquired by an RCU callback must be acquired elsewhere
|
||||
with softirq disabled, e.g., via spin_lock_irqsave(),
|
||||
spin_lock_bh(), etc. Failing to disable irq on a given
|
||||
acquisition of that lock will result in deadlock as soon as the
|
||||
RCU callback happens to interrupt that acquisition's critical
|
||||
section.
|
||||
acquisition of that lock will result in deadlock as soon as
|
||||
the RCU softirq handler happens to run your RCU callback while
|
||||
interrupting that acquisition's critical section.
|
||||
|
||||
13. RCU callbacks can be and are executed in parallel. In many cases,
|
||||
the callback code simply wrappers around kfree(), so that this
|
||||
@@ -265,29 +308,30 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
not the case, a self-spawning RCU callback would prevent the
|
||||
victim CPU from ever going offline.)
|
||||
|
||||
14. SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), and synchronize_srcu())
|
||||
may only be invoked from process context. Unlike other forms of
|
||||
RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical
|
||||
section (demarked by srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()),
|
||||
hence the "SRCU": "sleepable RCU". Please note that if you
|
||||
don't need to sleep in read-side critical sections, you should
|
||||
be using RCU rather than SRCU, because RCU is almost always
|
||||
faster and easier to use than is SRCU.
|
||||
14. SRCU (srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), srcu_dereference(),
|
||||
synchronize_srcu(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited()) may only
|
||||
be invoked from process context. Unlike other forms of RCU, it
|
||||
-is- permissible to block in an SRCU read-side critical section
|
||||
(demarked by srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()), hence the
|
||||
"SRCU": "sleepable RCU". Please note that if you don't need
|
||||
to sleep in read-side critical sections, you should be using
|
||||
RCU rather than SRCU, because RCU is almost always faster and
|
||||
easier to use than is SRCU.
|
||||
|
||||
Also unlike other forms of RCU, explicit initialization
|
||||
and cleanup is required via init_srcu_struct() and
|
||||
cleanup_srcu_struct(). These are passed a "struct srcu_struct"
|
||||
that defines the scope of a given SRCU domain. Once initialized,
|
||||
the srcu_struct is passed to srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock()
|
||||
and synchronize_srcu(). A given synchronize_srcu() waits only
|
||||
for SRCU read-side critical sections governed by srcu_read_lock()
|
||||
and srcu_read_unlock() calls that have been passd the same
|
||||
srcu_struct. This property is what makes sleeping read-side
|
||||
critical sections tolerable -- a given subsystem delays only
|
||||
its own updates, not those of other subsystems using SRCU.
|
||||
Therefore, SRCU is less prone to OOM the system than RCU would
|
||||
be if RCU's read-side critical sections were permitted to
|
||||
sleep.
|
||||
synchronize_srcu(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited(). A given
|
||||
synchronize_srcu() waits only for SRCU read-side critical
|
||||
sections governed by srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock()
|
||||
calls that have been passed the same srcu_struct. This property
|
||||
is what makes sleeping read-side critical sections tolerable --
|
||||
a given subsystem delays only its own updates, not those of other
|
||||
subsystems using SRCU. Therefore, SRCU is less prone to OOM the
|
||||
system than RCU would be if RCU's read-side critical sections
|
||||
were permitted to sleep.
|
||||
|
||||
The ability to sleep in read-side critical sections does not
|
||||
come for free. First, corresponding srcu_read_lock() and
|
||||
@@ -311,12 +355,12 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
||||
destructive operation, and -only- -then- invoke call_rcu(),
|
||||
synchronize_rcu(), or friends.
|
||||
|
||||
Because these primitives only wait for pre-existing readers,
|
||||
it is the caller's responsibility to guarantee safety to
|
||||
any subsequent readers.
|
||||
Because these primitives only wait for pre-existing readers, it
|
||||
is the caller's responsibility to guarantee that any subsequent
|
||||
readers will execute safely.
|
||||
|
||||
16. The various RCU read-side primitives do -not- contain memory
|
||||
barriers. The CPU (and in some cases, the compiler) is free
|
||||
to reorder code into and out of RCU read-side critical sections.
|
||||
It is the responsibility of the RCU update-side primitives to
|
||||
deal with this.
|
||||
16. The various RCU read-side primitives do -not- necessarily contain
|
||||
memory barriers. You should therefore plan for the CPU
|
||||
and the compiler to freely reorder code into and out of RCU
|
||||
read-side critical sections. It is the responsibility of the
|
||||
RCU update-side primitives to deal with this.
|
||||
|
||||
67
Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt
Normal file
67
Documentation/RCU/lockdep.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
RCU and lockdep checking
|
||||
|
||||
All flavors of RCU have lockdep checking available, so that lockdep is
|
||||
aware of when each task enters and leaves any flavor of RCU read-side
|
||||
critical section. Each flavor of RCU is tracked separately (but note
|
||||
that this is not the case in 2.6.32 and earlier). This allows lockdep's
|
||||
tracking to include RCU state, which can sometimes help when debugging
|
||||
deadlocks and the like.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, RCU provides the following primitives that check lockdep's
|
||||
state:
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_held() for normal RCU.
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_bh_held() for RCU-bh.
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_sched_held() for RCU-sched.
|
||||
srcu_read_lock_held() for SRCU.
|
||||
|
||||
These functions are conservative, and will therefore return 1 if they
|
||||
aren't certain (for example, if CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is not set).
|
||||
This prevents things like WARN_ON(!rcu_read_lock_held()) from giving false
|
||||
positives when lockdep is disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, a separate kernel config parameter CONFIG_PROVE_RCU enables
|
||||
checking of rcu_dereference() primitives:
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_dereference(p):
|
||||
Check for RCU read-side critical section.
|
||||
rcu_dereference_bh(p):
|
||||
Check for RCU-bh read-side critical section.
|
||||
rcu_dereference_sched(p):
|
||||
Check for RCU-sched read-side critical section.
|
||||
srcu_dereference(p, sp):
|
||||
Check for SRCU read-side critical section.
|
||||
rcu_dereference_check(p, c):
|
||||
Use explicit check expression "c".
|
||||
rcu_dereference_raw(p)
|
||||
Don't check. (Use sparingly, if at all.)
|
||||
|
||||
The rcu_dereference_check() check expression can be any boolean
|
||||
expression, but would normally include one of the rcu_read_lock_held()
|
||||
family of functions and a lockdep expression. However, any boolean
|
||||
expression can be used. For a moderately ornate example, consider
|
||||
the following:
|
||||
|
||||
file = rcu_dereference_check(fdt->fd[fd],
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_held() ||
|
||||
lockdep_is_held(&files->file_lock) ||
|
||||
atomic_read(&files->count) == 1);
|
||||
|
||||
This expression picks up the pointer "fdt->fd[fd]" in an RCU-safe manner,
|
||||
and, if CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is configured, verifies that this expression
|
||||
is used in:
|
||||
|
||||
1. An RCU read-side critical section, or
|
||||
2. with files->file_lock held, or
|
||||
3. on an unshared files_struct.
|
||||
|
||||
In case (1), the pointer is picked up in an RCU-safe manner for vanilla
|
||||
RCU read-side critical sections, in case (2) the ->file_lock prevents
|
||||
any change from taking place, and finally, in case (3) the current task
|
||||
is the only task accessing the file_struct, again preventing any change
|
||||
from taking place.
|
||||
|
||||
There are currently only "universal" versions of the rcu_assign_pointer()
|
||||
and RCU list-/tree-traversal primitives, which do not (yet) check for
|
||||
being in an RCU read-side critical section. In the future, separate
|
||||
versions of these primitives might be created.
|
||||
@@ -75,6 +75,8 @@ o I hear that RCU is patented? What is with that?
|
||||
search for the string "Patent" in RTFP.txt to find them.
|
||||
Of these, one was allowed to lapse by the assignee, and the
|
||||
others have been contributed to the Linux kernel under GPL.
|
||||
There are now also LGPL implementations of user-level RCU
|
||||
available (http://lttng.org/?q=node/18).
|
||||
|
||||
o I hear that RCU needs work in order to support realtime kernels?
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -91,48 +93,4 @@ o Where can I find more information on RCU?
|
||||
|
||||
o What are all these files in this directory?
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NMI-RCU.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Describes how to use RCU to implement dynamic
|
||||
NMI handlers, which can be revectored on the fly,
|
||||
without rebooting.
|
||||
|
||||
RTFP.txt
|
||||
|
||||
List of RCU-related publications and web sites.
|
||||
|
||||
UP.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Discussion of RCU usage in UP kernels.
|
||||
|
||||
arrayRCU.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Describes how to use RCU to protect arrays, with
|
||||
resizeable arrays whose elements reference other
|
||||
data structures being of the most interest.
|
||||
|
||||
checklist.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Lists things to check for when inspecting code that
|
||||
uses RCU.
|
||||
|
||||
listRCU.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Describes how to use RCU to protect linked lists.
|
||||
This is the simplest and most common use of RCU
|
||||
in the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
rcu.txt
|
||||
|
||||
You are reading it!
|
||||
|
||||
rcuref.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Describes how to combine use of reference counts
|
||||
with RCU.
|
||||
|
||||
whatisRCU.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Overview of how the RCU implementation works. Along
|
||||
the way, presents a conceptual view of RCU.
|
||||
See 00-INDEX for the list.
|
||||
|
||||
58
Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
Normal file
58
Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
Using RCU's CPU Stall Detector
|
||||
|
||||
The CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR kernel config parameter enables
|
||||
RCU's CPU stall detector, which detects conditions that unduly delay
|
||||
RCU grace periods. The stall detector's idea of what constitutes
|
||||
"unduly delayed" is controlled by a pair of C preprocessor macros:
|
||||
|
||||
RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_CHECK
|
||||
|
||||
This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait from
|
||||
the beginning of a grace period until it issues an RCU CPU
|
||||
stall warning. It is normally ten seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK
|
||||
|
||||
This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after
|
||||
issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning.
|
||||
It is normally set to thirty seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY
|
||||
|
||||
The CPU stall detector tries to make the offending CPU rat on itself,
|
||||
as this often gives better-quality stack traces. However, if
|
||||
the offending CPU does not detect its own stall in the number
|
||||
of jiffies specified by RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY, then other CPUs will
|
||||
complain. This is normally set to two jiffies.
|
||||
|
||||
The following problems can result in an RCU CPU stall warning:
|
||||
|
||||
o A CPU looping in an RCU read-side critical section.
|
||||
|
||||
o A CPU looping with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o A CPU looping with preemption disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
o For !CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the kernel
|
||||
without invoking schedule().
|
||||
|
||||
o A bug in the RCU implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
o A hardware failure. This is quite unlikely, but has occurred
|
||||
at least once in a former life. A CPU failed in a running system,
|
||||
becoming unresponsive, but not causing an immediate crash.
|
||||
This resulted in a series of RCU CPU stall warnings, eventually
|
||||
leading the realization that the CPU had failed.
|
||||
|
||||
The RCU, RCU-sched, and RCU-bh implementations have CPU stall warning.
|
||||
SRCU does not do so directly, but its calls to synchronize_sched() will
|
||||
result in RCU-sched detecting any CPU stalls that might be occurring.
|
||||
|
||||
To diagnose the cause of the stall, inspect the stack traces. The offending
|
||||
function will usually be near the top of the stack. If you have a series
|
||||
of stall warnings from a single extended stall, comparing the stack traces
|
||||
can often help determine where the stall is occurring, which will usually
|
||||
be in the function nearest the top of the stack that stays the same from
|
||||
trace to trace.
|
||||
|
||||
RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE.
|
||||
@@ -30,6 +30,18 @@ MODULE PARAMETERS
|
||||
|
||||
This module has the following parameters:
|
||||
|
||||
fqs_duration Duration (in microseconds) of artificially induced bursts
|
||||
of force_quiescent_state() invocations. In RCU
|
||||
implementations having force_quiescent_state(), these
|
||||
bursts help force races between forcing a given grace
|
||||
period and that grace period ending on its own.
|
||||
|
||||
fqs_holdoff Holdoff time (in microseconds) between consecutive calls
|
||||
to force_quiescent_state() within a burst.
|
||||
|
||||
fqs_stutter Wait time (in seconds) between consecutive bursts
|
||||
of calls to force_quiescent_state().
|
||||
|
||||
irqreaders Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level. This is currently
|
||||
done via timers. Defaults to "1" for variants of RCU that
|
||||
permit this. (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -323,14 +323,17 @@ used as follows:
|
||||
Defer Protect
|
||||
|
||||
a. synchronize_rcu() rcu_read_lock() / rcu_read_unlock()
|
||||
call_rcu()
|
||||
call_rcu() rcu_dereference()
|
||||
|
||||
b. call_rcu_bh() rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh()
|
||||
rcu_dereference_bh()
|
||||
|
||||
c. synchronize_sched() preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
|
||||
c. synchronize_sched() rcu_read_lock_sched() / rcu_read_unlock_sched()
|
||||
preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
|
||||
local_irq_save() / local_irq_restore()
|
||||
hardirq enter / hardirq exit
|
||||
NMI enter / NMI exit
|
||||
rcu_dereference_sched()
|
||||
|
||||
These three mechanisms are used as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -780,9 +783,8 @@ Linux-kernel source code, but it helps to have a full list of the
|
||||
APIs, since there does not appear to be a way to categorize them
|
||||
in docbook. Here is the list, by category.
|
||||
|
||||
RCU pointer/list traversal:
|
||||
RCU list traversal:
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_dereference
|
||||
list_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu
|
||||
@@ -808,7 +810,7 @@ RCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock synchronize_net rcu_barrier
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock synchronize_rcu
|
||||
synchronize_rcu_expedited
|
||||
rcu_dereference synchronize_rcu_expedited
|
||||
call_rcu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -816,7 +818,7 @@ bh: Critical sections Grace period Barrier
|
||||
|
||||
rcu_read_lock_bh call_rcu_bh rcu_barrier_bh
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock_bh synchronize_rcu_bh
|
||||
synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited
|
||||
rcu_dereference_bh synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sched: Critical sections Grace period Barrier
|
||||
@@ -825,12 +827,14 @@ sched: Critical sections Grace period Barrier
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock_sched call_rcu_sched
|
||||
[preempt_disable] synchronize_sched_expedited
|
||||
[and friends]
|
||||
rcu_dereference_sched
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SRCU: Critical sections Grace period Barrier
|
||||
|
||||
srcu_read_lock synchronize_srcu N/A
|
||||
srcu_read_unlock synchronize_srcu_expedited
|
||||
srcu_dereference
|
||||
|
||||
SRCU: Initialization/cleanup
|
||||
init_srcu_struct
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ kernel patches.
|
||||
2: Passes allnoconfig, allmodconfig
|
||||
|
||||
3: Builds on multiple CPU architectures by using local cross-compile tools
|
||||
or something like PLM at OSDL.
|
||||
or some other build farm.
|
||||
|
||||
4: ppc64 is a good architecture for cross-compilation checking because it
|
||||
tends to use `unsigned long' for 64-bit quantities.
|
||||
@@ -88,3 +88,6 @@ kernel patches.
|
||||
|
||||
24: All memory barriers {e.g., barrier(), rmb(), wmb()} need a comment in the
|
||||
source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why.
|
||||
|
||||
25: If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update
|
||||
Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
66
Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
Normal file
66
Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To
|
||||
=======================================
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime.
|
||||
|
||||
Users can use this to
|
||||
1. override an existing method which may not work correctly,
|
||||
or just for debugging purposes.
|
||||
2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing
|
||||
method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc.
|
||||
For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single
|
||||
control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel
|
||||
rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like
|
||||
"Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized.
|
||||
Note: The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times,
|
||||
and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
1. override an existing method
|
||||
a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT,
|
||||
just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat"
|
||||
b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat".
|
||||
c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file,
|
||||
d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format.
|
||||
Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method,
|
||||
|
||||
DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715)
|
||||
{
|
||||
External (ACON)
|
||||
|
||||
Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug)
|
||||
Return (ACON)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace
|
||||
should be used.
|
||||
And remember to use "External" to declare external objects.
|
||||
e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method.
|
||||
e.g. "iasl psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result)
|
||||
f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug"
|
||||
g) override the old method via the debugfs by running
|
||||
"cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method"
|
||||
|
||||
2. insert a new method
|
||||
This is easier than overriding an existing method.
|
||||
We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to
|
||||
insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1.
|
||||
|
||||
3. undo your changes
|
||||
The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
|
||||
right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
|
||||
For an overrided method, in order to undo your changes, please
|
||||
save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
|
||||
and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running,
|
||||
But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE
|
||||
method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple
|
||||
ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times.
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,11 @@ PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
|
||||
This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
|
||||
maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
|
||||
|
||||
TASK_SIZE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Kernel module space
|
||||
PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
|
||||
One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
|
||||
space.
|
||||
|
||||
MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
|
||||
Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
|
||||
placed here using dynamic mappings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- This file
|
||||
|
||||
cache-lock.txt
|
||||
- HOWTO for blackfin cache locking.
|
||||
|
||||
cachefeatures.txt
|
||||
- Supported cache features.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6
Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
Normal file
6
Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
obj-m := gptimers-example.o
|
||||
|
||||
all: modules
|
||||
|
||||
modules clean:
|
||||
$(MAKE) -C ../.. SUBDIRS=$(PWD) $@
|
||||
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* File: Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt
|
||||
* Based on:
|
||||
* Author:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created:
|
||||
* Description: This file contains the simple DMA Implementation for Blackfin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Rev: $Id: cache-lock.txt 2384 2006-11-01 04:12:43Z magicyang $
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Modified:
|
||||
* Copyright 2004-2006 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bugs: Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
How to lock your code in cache in uClinux/blackfin
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are only a few steps required to lock your code into the cache.
|
||||
Currently you can lock the code by Way.
|
||||
|
||||
Below are the interface provided for locking the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. cache_grab_lock(int Ways);
|
||||
|
||||
This function grab the lock for locking your code into the cache specified
|
||||
by Ways.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. cache_lock(int Ways);
|
||||
|
||||
This function should be called after your critical code has been executed.
|
||||
Once the critical code exits, the code is now loaded into the cache. This
|
||||
function locks the code into the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
So, the example sequence will be:
|
||||
|
||||
cache_grab_lock(WAY0_L); /* Grab the lock */
|
||||
|
||||
critical_code(); /* Execute the code of interest */
|
||||
|
||||
cache_lock(WAY0_L); /* Lock the cache */
|
||||
|
||||
Where WAY0_L signifies WAY0 locking.
|
||||
@@ -41,16 +41,6 @@
|
||||
icplb_flush();
|
||||
dcplb_flush();
|
||||
|
||||
- Locking the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
cache_grab_lock();
|
||||
cache_lock();
|
||||
|
||||
Please refer linux-2.6.x/Documentation/blackfin/cache-lock.txt for how to
|
||||
lock the cache.
|
||||
|
||||
Locking the cache is optional feature.
|
||||
|
||||
- Miscellaneous cache functions.
|
||||
|
||||
flush_cache_all();
|
||||
|
||||
83
Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
Normal file
83
Documentation/blackfin/gptimers-example.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Simple gptimers example
|
||||
* http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:gptimers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007-2009 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Licensed under the GPL-2 or later.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/gptimers.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/portmux.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver includes ... */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DRIVER_NAME "gptimer_example"
|
||||
|
||||
struct gptimer_data {
|
||||
uint32_t period, width;
|
||||
};
|
||||
static struct gptimer_data data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver state ... */
|
||||
|
||||
static irqreturn_t gptimer_example_irq(int irq, void *dev_id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct gptimer_data *data = dev_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it was our timer which caused the interrupt */
|
||||
if (!get_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id))
|
||||
return IRQ_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* read the width/period values that were captured for the waveform */
|
||||
data->width = get_gptimer_pwidth(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
data->period = get_gptimer_period(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/* acknowledge the interrupt */
|
||||
clear_gptimer_intr(TIMER5_id);
|
||||
|
||||
/* tell the upper layers we took care of things */
|
||||
return IRQ_HANDLED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ... random driver code ... */
|
||||
|
||||
static int __init gptimer_example_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
/* grab the peripheral pins */
|
||||
ret = peripheral_request(P_TMR5, DRIVER_NAME);
|
||||
if (ret) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": peripheral request failed\n");
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* grab the IRQ for the timer */
|
||||
ret = request_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, gptimer_example_irq, IRQF_SHARED, DRIVER_NAME, &data);
|
||||
if (ret) {
|
||||
printk(KERN_NOTICE DRIVER_NAME ": IRQ request failed\n");
|
||||
peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* setup the timer and enable it */
|
||||
set_gptimer_config(TIMER5_id, WDTH_CAP | PULSE_HI | PERIOD_CNT | IRQ_ENA);
|
||||
enable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
module_init(gptimer_example_init);
|
||||
|
||||
static void __exit gptimer_example_exit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
disable_gptimers(TIMER5bit);
|
||||
free_irq(IRQ_TIMER5, &data);
|
||||
peripheral_free(P_TMR5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
module_exit(gptimer_example_exit);
|
||||
|
||||
MODULE_LICENSE("BSD");
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- This file
|
||||
as-iosched.txt
|
||||
- Anticipatory IO scheduler
|
||||
barrier.txt
|
||||
- I/O Barriers
|
||||
biodoc.txt
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Anticipatory IO scheduler
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
Nick Piggin <piggin@cyberone.com.au> 13 Sep 2003
|
||||
|
||||
Attention! Database servers, especially those using "TCQ" disks should
|
||||
investigate performance with the 'deadline' IO scheduler. Any system with high
|
||||
disk performance requirements should do so, in fact.
|
||||
|
||||
If you see unusual performance characteristics of your disk systems, or you
|
||||
see big performance regressions versus the deadline scheduler, please email
|
||||
me. Database users don't bother unless you're willing to test a lot of patches
|
||||
from me ;) its a known issue.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, users with hardware RAID controllers, doing striping, may find
|
||||
highly variable performance results with using the as-iosched. The
|
||||
as-iosched anticipatory implementation is based on the notion that a disk
|
||||
device has only one physical seeking head. A striped RAID controller
|
||||
actually has a head for each physical device in the logical RAID device.
|
||||
|
||||
However, setting the antic_expire (see tunable parameters below) produces
|
||||
very similar behavior to the deadline IO scheduler.
|
||||
|
||||
Selecting IO schedulers
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
Refer to Documentation/block/switching-sched.txt for information on
|
||||
selecting an io scheduler on a per-device basis.
|
||||
|
||||
Anticipatory IO scheduler Policies
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
The as-iosched implementation implements several layers of policies
|
||||
to determine when an IO request is dispatched to the disk controller.
|
||||
Here are the policies outlined, in order of application.
|
||||
|
||||
1. one-way Elevator algorithm.
|
||||
|
||||
The elevator algorithm is similar to that used in deadline scheduler, with
|
||||
the addition that it allows limited backward movement of the elevator
|
||||
(i.e. seeks backwards). A seek backwards can occur when choosing between
|
||||
two IO requests where one is behind the elevator's current position, and
|
||||
the other is in front of the elevator's position. If the seek distance to
|
||||
the request in back of the elevator is less than half the seek distance to
|
||||
the request in front of the elevator, then the request in back can be chosen.
|
||||
Backward seeks are also limited to a maximum of MAXBACK (1024*1024) sectors.
|
||||
This favors forward movement of the elevator, while allowing opportunistic
|
||||
"short" backward seeks.
|
||||
|
||||
2. FIFO expiration times for reads and for writes.
|
||||
|
||||
This is again very similar to the deadline IO scheduler. The expiration
|
||||
times for requests on these lists is tunable using the parameters read_expire
|
||||
and write_expire discussed below. When a read or a write expires in this way,
|
||||
the IO scheduler will interrupt its current elevator sweep or read anticipation
|
||||
to service the expired request.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Read and write request batching
|
||||
|
||||
A batch is a collection of read requests or a collection of write
|
||||
requests. The as scheduler alternates dispatching read and write batches
|
||||
to the driver. In the case a read batch, the scheduler submits read
|
||||
requests to the driver as long as there are read requests to submit, and
|
||||
the read batch time limit has not been exceeded (read_batch_expire).
|
||||
The read batch time limit begins counting down only when there are
|
||||
competing write requests pending.
|
||||
|
||||
In the case of a write batch, the scheduler submits write requests to
|
||||
the driver as long as there are write requests available, and the
|
||||
write batch time limit has not been exceeded (write_batch_expire).
|
||||
However, the length of write batches will be gradually shortened
|
||||
when read batches frequently exceed their time limit.
|
||||
|
||||
When changing between batch types, the scheduler waits for all requests
|
||||
from the previous batch to complete before scheduling requests for the
|
||||
next batch.
|
||||
|
||||
The read and write fifo expiration times described in policy 2 above
|
||||
are checked only when in scheduling IO of a batch for the corresponding
|
||||
(read/write) type. So for example, the read FIFO timeout values are
|
||||
tested only during read batches. Likewise, the write FIFO timeout
|
||||
values are tested only during write batches. For this reason,
|
||||
it is generally not recommended for the read batch time
|
||||
to be longer than the write expiration time, nor for the write batch
|
||||
time to exceed the read expiration time (see tunable parameters below).
|
||||
|
||||
When the IO scheduler changes from a read to a write batch,
|
||||
it begins the elevator from the request that is on the head of the
|
||||
write expiration FIFO. Likewise, when changing from a write batch to
|
||||
a read batch, scheduler begins the elevator from the first entry
|
||||
on the read expiration FIFO.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Read anticipation.
|
||||
|
||||
Read anticipation occurs only when scheduling a read batch.
|
||||
This implementation of read anticipation allows only one read request
|
||||
to be dispatched to the disk controller at a time. In
|
||||
contrast, many write requests may be dispatched to the disk controller
|
||||
at a time during a write batch. It is this characteristic that can make
|
||||
the anticipatory scheduler perform anomalously with controllers supporting
|
||||
TCQ, or with hardware striped RAID devices. Setting the antic_expire
|
||||
queue parameter (see below) to zero disables this behavior, and the
|
||||
anticipatory scheduler behaves essentially like the deadline scheduler.
|
||||
|
||||
When read anticipation is enabled (antic_expire is not zero), reads
|
||||
are dispatched to the disk controller one at a time.
|
||||
At the end of each read request, the IO scheduler examines its next
|
||||
candidate read request from its sorted read list. If that next request
|
||||
is from the same process as the request that just completed,
|
||||
or if the next request in the queue is "very close" to the
|
||||
just completed request, it is dispatched immediately. Otherwise,
|
||||
statistics (average think time, average seek distance) on the process
|
||||
that submitted the just completed request are examined. If it seems
|
||||
likely that that process will submit another request soon, and that
|
||||
request is likely to be near the just completed request, then the IO
|
||||
scheduler will stop dispatching more read requests for up to (antic_expire)
|
||||
milliseconds, hoping that process will submit a new request near the one
|
||||
that just completed. If such a request is made, then it is dispatched
|
||||
immediately. If the antic_expire wait time expires, then the IO scheduler
|
||||
will dispatch the next read request from the sorted read queue.
|
||||
|
||||
To decide whether an anticipatory wait is worthwhile, the scheduler
|
||||
maintains statistics for each process that can be used to compute
|
||||
mean "think time" (the time between read requests), and mean seek
|
||||
distance for that process. One observation is that these statistics
|
||||
are associated with each process, but those statistics are not associated
|
||||
with a specific IO device. So for example, if a process is doing IO
|
||||
on several file systems on separate devices, the statistics will be
|
||||
a combination of IO behavior from all those devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Tuning the anticipatory IO scheduler
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
When using 'as', the anticipatory IO scheduler there are 5 parameters under
|
||||
/sys/block/*/queue/iosched/. All are units of milliseconds.
|
||||
|
||||
The parameters are:
|
||||
* read_expire
|
||||
Controls how long until a read request becomes "expired". It also controls the
|
||||
interval between which expired requests are served, so set to 50, a request
|
||||
might take anywhere < 100ms to be serviced _if_ it is the next on the
|
||||
expired list. Obviously request expiration strategies won't make the disk
|
||||
go faster. The result basically equates to the timeslice a single reader
|
||||
gets in the presence of other IO. 100*((seek time / read_expire) + 1) is
|
||||
very roughly the % streaming read efficiency your disk should get with
|
||||
multiple readers.
|
||||
|
||||
* read_batch_expire
|
||||
Controls how much time a batch of reads is given before pending writes are
|
||||
served. A higher value is more efficient. This might be set below read_expire
|
||||
if writes are to be given higher priority than reads, but reads are to be
|
||||
as efficient as possible when there are no writes. Generally though, it
|
||||
should be some multiple of read_expire.
|
||||
|
||||
* write_expire, and
|
||||
* write_batch_expire are equivalent to the above, for writes.
|
||||
|
||||
* antic_expire
|
||||
Controls the maximum amount of time we can anticipate a good read (one
|
||||
with a short seek distance from the most recently completed request) before
|
||||
giving up. Many other factors may cause anticipation to be stopped early,
|
||||
or some processes will not be "anticipated" at all. Should be a bit higher
|
||||
for big seek time devices though not a linear correspondence - most
|
||||
processes have only a few ms thinktime.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the tunables above there is a read-only file named est_time
|
||||
which, when read, will show:
|
||||
|
||||
- The probability of a task exiting without a cooperating task
|
||||
submitting an anticipated IO.
|
||||
|
||||
- The current mean think time.
|
||||
|
||||
- The seek distance used to determine if an incoming IO is better.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ a virtual address mapping (unlike the earlier scheme of virtual address
|
||||
do not have a corresponding kernel virtual address space mapping) and
|
||||
low-memory pages.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Please refer to Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt for a discussion
|
||||
Note: Please refer to Documentation/PCI/PCI-DMA-mapping.txt for a discussion
|
||||
on PCI high mem DMA aspects and mapping of scatter gather lists, and support
|
||||
for 64 bit PCI.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ size allowed by the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
nomerges (RW)
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
This enables the user to disable the lookup logic involved with IO merging
|
||||
requests in the block layer. Merging may still occur through a direct
|
||||
1-hit cache, since that comes for (almost) free. The IO scheduler will not
|
||||
waste cycles doing tree/hash lookups for merges if nomerges is 1. Defaults
|
||||
to 0, enabling all merges.
|
||||
This enables the user to disable the lookup logic involved with IO
|
||||
merging requests in the block layer. By default (0) all merges are
|
||||
enabled. When set to 1 only simple one-hit merges will be tried. When
|
||||
set to 2 no merge algorithms will be tried (including one-hit or more
|
||||
complex tree/hash lookups).
|
||||
|
||||
nr_requests (RW)
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ changes occur:
|
||||
This is used primarily during fault processing.
|
||||
|
||||
5) void update_mmu_cache(struct vm_area_struct *vma,
|
||||
unsigned long address, pte_t pte)
|
||||
unsigned long address, pte_t *ptep)
|
||||
|
||||
At the end of every page fault, this routine is invoked to
|
||||
tell the architecture specific code that a translation
|
||||
described by "pte" now exists at virtual address "address"
|
||||
for address space "vma->vm_mm", in the software page tables.
|
||||
now exists at virtual address "address" for address space
|
||||
"vma->vm_mm", in the software page tables.
|
||||
|
||||
A port may use this information in any way it so chooses.
|
||||
For example, it could use this event to pre-load TLB
|
||||
@@ -377,3 +377,27 @@ maps this page at its virtual address.
|
||||
All the functionality of flush_icache_page can be implemented in
|
||||
flush_dcache_page and update_mmu_cache. In 2.7 the hope is to
|
||||
remove this interface completely.
|
||||
|
||||
The final category of APIs is for I/O to deliberately aliased address
|
||||
ranges inside the kernel. Such aliases are set up by use of the
|
||||
vmap/vmalloc API. Since kernel I/O goes via physical pages, the I/O
|
||||
subsystem assumes that the user mapping and kernel offset mapping are
|
||||
the only aliases. This isn't true for vmap aliases, so anything in
|
||||
the kernel trying to do I/O to vmap areas must manually manage
|
||||
coherency. It must do this by flushing the vmap range before doing
|
||||
I/O and invalidating it after the I/O returns.
|
||||
|
||||
void flush_kernel_vmap_range(void *vaddr, int size)
|
||||
flushes the kernel cache for a given virtual address range in
|
||||
the vmap area. This is to make sure that any data the kernel
|
||||
modified in the vmap range is made visible to the physical
|
||||
page. The design is to make this area safe to perform I/O on.
|
||||
Note that this API does *not* also flush the offset map alias
|
||||
of the area.
|
||||
|
||||
void invalidate_kernel_vmap_range(void *vaddr, int size) invalidates
|
||||
the cache for a given virtual address range in the vmap area
|
||||
which prevents the processor from making the cache stale by
|
||||
speculatively reading data while the I/O was occurring to the
|
||||
physical pages. This is only necessary for data reads into the
|
||||
vmap area.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -159,42 +159,7 @@ two arguments: the CDROM device, and the slot number to which you wish
|
||||
to change. If the slot number is -1, the drive is unloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Compilation options
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are a few additional options which can be set when compiling the
|
||||
driver. Most people should not need to mess with any of these; they
|
||||
are listed here simply for completeness. A compilation option can be
|
||||
enabled by adding a line of the form `#define <option> 1' to the top
|
||||
of ide-cd.c. All these options are disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBOSE_IDE_CD_ERRORS
|
||||
If this is set, ATAPI error codes will be translated into textual
|
||||
descriptions. In addition, a dump is made of the command which
|
||||
provoked the error. This is off by default to save the memory used
|
||||
by the (somewhat long) table of error descriptions.
|
||||
|
||||
STANDARD_ATAPI
|
||||
If this is set, the code needed to deal with certain drives which do
|
||||
not properly implement the ATAPI spec will be disabled. If you know
|
||||
your drive implements ATAPI properly, you can turn this on to get a
|
||||
slightly smaller kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
NO_DOOR_LOCKING
|
||||
If this is set, the driver will never attempt to lock the door of
|
||||
the drive.
|
||||
|
||||
CDROM_NBLOCKS_BUFFER
|
||||
This sets the size of the buffer to be used for a CDROMREADAUDIO
|
||||
ioctl. The default is 8.
|
||||
|
||||
TEST
|
||||
This currently enables an additional ioctl which enables a user-mode
|
||||
program to execute an arbitrary packet command. See the source for
|
||||
details. This should be left off unless you know what you're doing.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Common problems
|
||||
4. Common problems
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This section discusses some common problems encountered when trying to
|
||||
@@ -371,7 +336,7 @@ f. Data corruption.
|
||||
expense of low system performance.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. cdchange.c
|
||||
5. cdchange.c
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ show_sampling_rate_max: THIS INTERFACE IS DEPRECATED, DON'T USE IT.
|
||||
up_threshold: defines what the average CPU usage between the samplings
|
||||
of 'sampling_rate' needs to be for the kernel to make a decision on
|
||||
whether it should increase the frequency. For example when it is set
|
||||
to its default value of '80' it means that between the checking
|
||||
intervals the CPU needs to be on average more than 80% in use to then
|
||||
to its default value of '95' it means that between the checking
|
||||
intervals the CPU needs to be on average more than 95% in use to then
|
||||
decide that the CPU frequency needs to be increased.
|
||||
|
||||
ignore_nice_load: this parameter takes a value of '0' or '1'. When
|
||||
|
||||
207
Documentation/cpu-freq/pcc-cpufreq.txt
Normal file
207
Documentation/cpu-freq/pcc-cpufreq.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* pcc-cpufreq.txt - PCC interface documentation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 Red Hat, Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
|
||||
* Nagananda Chumbalkar <nagananda.chumbalkar@hp.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
||||
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, GOOD TITLE or NON
|
||||
* INFRINGEMENT. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
||||
* with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
* 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Processor Clocking Control Driver
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Contents:
|
||||
---------
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
1.1 PCC interface
|
||||
1.1.1 Get Average Frequency
|
||||
1.1.2 Set Desired Frequency
|
||||
1.2 Platforms affected
|
||||
2. Driver and /sys details
|
||||
2.1 scaling_available_frequencies
|
||||
2.2 cpuinfo_transition_latency
|
||||
2.3 cpuinfo_cur_freq
|
||||
2.4 related_cpus
|
||||
3. Caveats
|
||||
|
||||
1. Introduction:
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Processor Clocking Control (PCC) is an interface between the platform
|
||||
firmware and OSPM. It is a mechanism for coordinating processor
|
||||
performance (ie: frequency) between the platform firmware and the OS.
|
||||
|
||||
The PCC driver (pcc-cpufreq) allows OSPM to take advantage of the PCC
|
||||
interface.
|
||||
|
||||
OS utilizes the PCC interface to inform platform firmware what frequency the
|
||||
OS wants for a logical processor. The platform firmware attempts to achieve
|
||||
the requested frequency. If the request for the target frequency could not be
|
||||
satisfied by platform firmware, then it usually means that power budget
|
||||
conditions are in place, and "power capping" is taking place.
|
||||
|
||||
1.1 PCC interface:
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
The complete PCC specification is available here:
|
||||
http://www.acpica.org/download/Processor-Clocking-Control-v1p0.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
PCC relies on a shared memory region that provides a channel for communication
|
||||
between the OS and platform firmware. PCC also implements a "doorbell" that
|
||||
is used by the OS to inform the platform firmware that a command has been
|
||||
sent.
|
||||
|
||||
The ACPI PCCH() method is used to discover the location of the PCC shared
|
||||
memory region. The shared memory region header contains the "command" and
|
||||
"status" interface. PCCH() also contains details on how to access the platform
|
||||
doorbell.
|
||||
|
||||
The following commands are supported by the PCC interface:
|
||||
* Get Average Frequency
|
||||
* Set Desired Frequency
|
||||
|
||||
The ACPI PCCP() method is implemented for each logical processor and is
|
||||
used to discover the offsets for the input and output buffers in the shared
|
||||
memory region.
|
||||
|
||||
When PCC mode is enabled, the platform will not expose processor performance
|
||||
or throttle states (_PSS, _TSS and related ACPI objects) to OSPM. Therefore,
|
||||
the native P-state driver (such as acpi-cpufreq for Intel, powernow-k8 for
|
||||
AMD) will not load.
|
||||
|
||||
However, OSPM remains in control of policy. The governor (eg: "ondemand")
|
||||
computes the required performance for each processor based on server workload.
|
||||
The PCC driver fills in the command interface, and the input buffer and
|
||||
communicates the request to the platform firmware. The platform firmware is
|
||||
responsible for delivering the requested performance.
|
||||
|
||||
Each PCC command is "global" in scope and can affect all the logical CPUs in
|
||||
the system. Therefore, PCC is capable of performing "group" updates. With PCC
|
||||
the OS is capable of getting/setting the frequency of all the logical CPUs in
|
||||
the system with a single call to the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
1.1.1 Get Average Frequency:
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
This command is used by the OSPM to query the running frequency of the
|
||||
processor since the last time this command was completed. The output buffer
|
||||
indicates the average unhalted frequency of the logical processor expressed as
|
||||
a percentage of the nominal (ie: maximum) CPU frequency. The output buffer
|
||||
also signifies if the CPU frequency is limited by a power budget condition.
|
||||
|
||||
1.1.2 Set Desired Frequency:
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
This command is used by the OSPM to communicate to the platform firmware the
|
||||
desired frequency for a logical processor. The output buffer is currently
|
||||
ignored by OSPM. The next invocation of "Get Average Frequency" will inform
|
||||
OSPM if the desired frequency was achieved or not.
|
||||
|
||||
1.2 Platforms affected:
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
The PCC driver will load on any system where the platform firmware:
|
||||
* supports the PCC interface, and the associated PCCH() and PCCP() methods
|
||||
* assumes responsibility for managing the hardware clocking controls in order
|
||||
to deliver the requested processor performance
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, certain HP ProLiant platforms implement the PCC interface. On those
|
||||
platforms PCC is the "default" choice.
|
||||
|
||||
However, it is possible to disable this interface via a BIOS setting. In
|
||||
such an instance, as is also the case on platforms where the PCC interface
|
||||
is not implemented, the PCC driver will fail to load silently.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Driver and /sys details:
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
When the driver loads, it merely prints the lowest and the highest CPU
|
||||
frequencies supported by the platform firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
The PCC driver loads with a message such as:
|
||||
pcc-cpufreq: (v1.00.00) driver loaded with frequency limits: 1600 MHz, 2933
|
||||
MHz
|
||||
|
||||
This means that the OPSM can request the CPU to run at any frequency in
|
||||
between the limits (1600 MHz, and 2933 MHz) specified in the message.
|
||||
|
||||
Internally, there is no need for the driver to convert the "target" frequency
|
||||
to a corresponding P-state.
|
||||
|
||||
The VERSION number for the driver will be of the format v.xy.ab.
|
||||
eg: 1.00.02
|
||||
----- --
|
||||
| |
|
||||
| -- this will increase with bug fixes/enhancements to the driver
|
||||
|-- this is the version of the PCC specification the driver adheres to
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The following is a brief discussion on some of the fields exported via the
|
||||
/sys filesystem and how their values are affected by the PCC driver:
|
||||
|
||||
2.1 scaling_available_frequencies:
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
scaling_available_frequencies is not created in /sys. No intermediate
|
||||
frequencies need to be listed because the BIOS will try to achieve any
|
||||
frequency, within limits, requested by the governor. A frequency does not have
|
||||
to be strictly associated with a P-state.
|
||||
|
||||
2.2 cpuinfo_transition_latency:
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
The cpuinfo_transition_latency field is 0. The PCC specification does
|
||||
not include a field to expose this value currently.
|
||||
|
||||
2.3 cpuinfo_cur_freq:
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
A) Often cpuinfo_cur_freq will show a value different than what is declared
|
||||
in the scaling_available_frequencies or scaling_cur_freq, or scaling_max_freq.
|
||||
This is due to "turbo boost" available on recent Intel processors. If certain
|
||||
conditions are met the BIOS can achieve a slightly higher speed than requested
|
||||
by OSPM. An example:
|
||||
|
||||
scaling_cur_freq : 2933000
|
||||
cpuinfo_cur_freq : 3196000
|
||||
|
||||
B) There is a round-off error associated with the cpuinfo_cur_freq value.
|
||||
Since the driver obtains the current frequency as a "percentage" (%) of the
|
||||
nominal frequency from the BIOS, sometimes, the values displayed by
|
||||
scaling_cur_freq and cpuinfo_cur_freq may not match. An example:
|
||||
|
||||
scaling_cur_freq : 1600000
|
||||
cpuinfo_cur_freq : 1583000
|
||||
|
||||
In this example, the nominal frequency is 2933 MHz. The driver obtains the
|
||||
current frequency, cpuinfo_cur_freq, as 54% of the nominal frequency:
|
||||
|
||||
54% of 2933 MHz = 1583 MHz
|
||||
|
||||
Nominal frequency is the maximum frequency of the processor, and it usually
|
||||
corresponds to the frequency of the P0 P-state.
|
||||
|
||||
2.4 related_cpus:
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
The related_cpus field is identical to affected_cpus.
|
||||
|
||||
affected_cpus : 4
|
||||
related_cpus : 4
|
||||
|
||||
Currently, the PCC driver does not evaluate _PSD. The platforms that support
|
||||
PCC do not implement SW_ALL. So OSPM doesn't need to perform any coordination
|
||||
to ensure that the same frequency is requested of all dependent CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Caveats:
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
The "cpufreq_stats" module in its present form cannot be loaded and
|
||||
expected to work with the PCC driver. Since the "cpufreq_stats" module
|
||||
provides information wrt each P-state, it is not applicable to the PCC driver.
|
||||
@@ -49,6 +49,12 @@ maxcpus=n Restrict boot time cpus to n. Say if you have 4 cpus, using
|
||||
additional_cpus=n (*) Use this to limit hotpluggable cpus. This option sets
|
||||
cpu_possible_map = cpu_present_map + additional_cpus
|
||||
|
||||
cede_offline={"off","on"} Use this option to disable/enable putting offlined
|
||||
processors to an extended H_CEDE state on
|
||||
supported pseries platforms.
|
||||
If nothing is specified,
|
||||
cede_offline is set to "on".
|
||||
|
||||
(*) Option valid only for following architectures
|
||||
- ia64
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -309,41 +315,26 @@ A: The following are what is required for CPU hotplug infrastructure to work
|
||||
|
||||
Q: I need to ensure that a particular cpu is not removed when there is some
|
||||
work specific to this cpu is in progress.
|
||||
A: First switch the current thread context to preferred cpu
|
||||
A: There are two ways. If your code can be run in interrupt context, use
|
||||
smp_call_function_single(), otherwise use work_on_cpu(). Note that
|
||||
work_on_cpu() is slow, and can fail due to out of memory:
|
||||
|
||||
int my_func_on_cpu(int cpu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpumask_t saved_mask, new_mask = CPU_MASK_NONE;
|
||||
int curr_cpu, err = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
saved_mask = current->cpus_allowed;
|
||||
cpu_set(cpu, new_mask);
|
||||
err = set_cpus_allowed(current, new_mask);
|
||||
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If we got scheduled out just after the return from
|
||||
* set_cpus_allowed() before running the work, this ensures
|
||||
* we stay locked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
curr_cpu = get_cpu();
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_cpu != cpu) {
|
||||
err = -EAGAIN;
|
||||
goto ret;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Do work : But cant sleep, since get_cpu() disables preempt
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret:
|
||||
put_cpu();
|
||||
set_cpus_allowed(current, saved_mask);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
get_online_cpus();
|
||||
if (!cpu_online(cpu))
|
||||
err = -EINVAL;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#if NEEDS_BLOCKING
|
||||
err = work_on_cpu(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
smp_call_function_single(cpu, __my_func_on_cpu, &err,
|
||||
true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
put_online_cpus();
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Q: How do we determine how many CPUs are available for hotplug.
|
||||
A: There is no clear spec defined way from ACPI that can give us that
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,13 +8,19 @@ the block device which are also writable without interfering with the
|
||||
original content;
|
||||
*) To create device "forks", i.e. multiple different versions of the
|
||||
same data stream.
|
||||
*) To merge a snapshot of a block device back into the snapshot's origin
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first two cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get
|
||||
changed and uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for
|
||||
storage.
|
||||
|
||||
For snapshot merge the contents of the COW storage are merged back into
|
||||
the origin device.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In both cases, dm copies only the chunks of data that get changed and
|
||||
uses a separate copy-on-write (COW) block device for storage.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
There are two dm targets available: snapshot and snapshot-origin.
|
||||
There are three dm targets available:
|
||||
snapshot, snapshot-origin, and snapshot-merge.
|
||||
|
||||
*) snapshot-origin <origin>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,8 +46,25 @@ The difference is that for transient snapshots less metadata must be
|
||||
saved on disk - they can be kept in memory by the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How this is used by LVM2
|
||||
========================
|
||||
* snapshot-merge <origin> <COW device> <persistent> <chunksize>
|
||||
|
||||
takes the same table arguments as the snapshot target except it only
|
||||
works with persistent snapshots. This target assumes the role of the
|
||||
"snapshot-origin" target and must not be loaded if the "snapshot-origin"
|
||||
is still present for <origin>.
|
||||
|
||||
Creates a merging snapshot that takes control of the changed chunks
|
||||
stored in the <COW device> of an existing snapshot, through a handover
|
||||
procedure, and merges these chunks back into the <origin>. Once merging
|
||||
has started (in the background) the <origin> may be opened and the merge
|
||||
will continue while I/O is flowing to it. Changes to the <origin> are
|
||||
deferred until the merging snapshot's corresponding chunk(s) have been
|
||||
merged. Once merging has started the snapshot device, associated with
|
||||
the "snapshot" target, will return -EIO when accessed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How snapshot is used by LVM2
|
||||
============================
|
||||
When you create the first LVM2 snapshot of a volume, four dm devices are used:
|
||||
|
||||
1) a device containing the original mapping table of the source volume;
|
||||
@@ -72,3 +95,74 @@ brw------- 1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap-cow
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 13 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-snap
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:14 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How snapshot-merge is used by LVM2
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
A merging snapshot assumes the role of the "snapshot-origin" while
|
||||
merging. As such the "snapshot-origin" is replaced with
|
||||
"snapshot-merge". The "-real" device is not changed and the "-cow"
|
||||
device is renamed to <origin name>-cow to aid LVM2's cleanup of the
|
||||
merging snapshot after it completes. The "snapshot" that hands over its
|
||||
COW device to the "snapshot-merge" is deactivated (unless using lvchange
|
||||
--refresh); but if it is left active it will simply return I/O errors.
|
||||
|
||||
A snapshot will merge into its origin with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
lvconvert --merge volumeGroup/snap
|
||||
|
||||
we'll now have this situation:
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup table|grep volumeGroup
|
||||
|
||||
volumeGroup-base-real: 0 2097152 linear 8:19 384
|
||||
volumeGroup-base-cow: 0 204800 linear 8:19 2097536
|
||||
volumeGroup-base: 0 2097152 snapshot-merge 254:11 254:12 P 16
|
||||
|
||||
# ls -lL /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-*
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 11 29 ago 18:15 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-real
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 12 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base-cow
|
||||
brw------- 1 root root 254, 10 29 ago 18:16 /dev/mapper/volumeGroup-base
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How to determine when a merging is complete
|
||||
===========================================
|
||||
The snapshot-merge and snapshot status lines end with:
|
||||
<sectors_allocated>/<total_sectors> <metadata_sectors>
|
||||
|
||||
Both <sectors_allocated> and <total_sectors> include both data and metadata.
|
||||
During merging, the number of sectors allocated gets smaller and
|
||||
smaller. Merging has finished when the number of sectors holding data
|
||||
is zero, in other words <sectors_allocated> == <metadata_sectors>.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a practical example (using a hybrid of lvm and dmsetup commands):
|
||||
|
||||
# lvs
|
||||
LV VG Attr LSize Origin Snap% Move Log Copy% Convert
|
||||
base volumeGroup owi-a- 4.00g
|
||||
snap volumeGroup swi-a- 1.00g base 18.97
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup status volumeGroup-snap
|
||||
0 8388608 snapshot 397896/2097152 1560
|
||||
^^^^ metadata sectors
|
||||
|
||||
# lvconvert --merge -b volumeGroup/snap
|
||||
Merging of volume snap started.
|
||||
|
||||
# lvs volumeGroup/snap
|
||||
LV VG Attr LSize Origin Snap% Move Log Copy% Convert
|
||||
base volumeGroup Owi-a- 4.00g 17.23
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup status volumeGroup-base
|
||||
0 8388608 snapshot-merge 281688/2097152 1104
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup status volumeGroup-base
|
||||
0 8388608 snapshot-merge 180480/2097152 712
|
||||
|
||||
# dmsetup status volumeGroup-base
|
||||
0 8388608 snapshot-merge 16/2097152 16
|
||||
|
||||
Merging has finished.
|
||||
|
||||
# lvs
|
||||
LV VG Attr LSize Origin Snap% Move Log Copy% Convert
|
||||
base volumeGroup owi-a- 4.00g
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ av_permissions.h
|
||||
bbootsect
|
||||
bin2c
|
||||
binkernel.spec
|
||||
binoffset
|
||||
bootsect
|
||||
bounds.h
|
||||
bsetup
|
||||
@@ -103,6 +102,7 @@ gconf
|
||||
gen-devlist
|
||||
gen_crc32table
|
||||
gen_init_cpio
|
||||
generated
|
||||
genheaders
|
||||
genksyms
|
||||
*_gray256.c
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -226,5 +226,5 @@ struct driver_attribute driver_attr_debug;
|
||||
This can then be used to add and remove the attribute from the
|
||||
driver's directory using:
|
||||
|
||||
int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ use IO::Handle;
|
||||
"dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
|
||||
"or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb", "bluebird",
|
||||
"opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718",
|
||||
"af9015");
|
||||
"af9015", "ngene");
|
||||
|
||||
# Check args
|
||||
syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1);
|
||||
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ for ($i=0; $i < scalar(@components); $i++) {
|
||||
die $@ if $@;
|
||||
print STDERR <<EOF;
|
||||
Firmware(s) $outfile extracted successfully.
|
||||
Now copy it(they) to either /usr/lib/hotplug/firmware or /lib/firmware
|
||||
Now copy it(them) to either /usr/lib/hotplug/firmware or /lib/firmware
|
||||
(depending on configuration of firmware hotplug).
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit(0);
|
||||
@@ -549,6 +549,24 @@ sub af9015 {
|
||||
close INFILE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sub ngene {
|
||||
my $url = "http://www.digitaldevices.de/download/";
|
||||
my $file1 = "ngene_15.fw";
|
||||
my $hash1 = "d798d5a757121174f0dbc5f2833c0c85";
|
||||
my $file2 = "ngene_17.fw";
|
||||
my $hash2 = "26b687136e127b8ac24b81e0eeafc20b";
|
||||
|
||||
checkstandard();
|
||||
|
||||
wgetfile($file1, $url . $file1);
|
||||
verify($file1, $hash1);
|
||||
|
||||
wgetfile($file2, $url . $file2);
|
||||
verify($file2, $hash2);
|
||||
|
||||
"$file1, $file2";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Utilities
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -667,6 +685,7 @@ sub delzero{
|
||||
sub syntax() {
|
||||
print STDERR "syntax: get_dvb_firmware <component>\n";
|
||||
print STDERR "Supported components:\n";
|
||||
@components = sort @components;
|
||||
for($i=0; $i < scalar(@components); $i++) {
|
||||
print STDERR "\t" . $components[$i] . "\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ o provide a way to configure fault attributes
|
||||
failslab, fail_page_alloc, and fail_make_request use this way.
|
||||
Helper functions:
|
||||
|
||||
init_fault_attr_entries(entries, attr, name);
|
||||
void cleanup_fault_attr_entries(entries);
|
||||
init_fault_attr_dentries(entries, attr, name);
|
||||
void cleanup_fault_attr_dentries(entries);
|
||||
|
||||
- module parameters
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
38
Documentation/fault-injection/provoke-crashes.txt
Normal file
38
Documentation/fault-injection/provoke-crashes.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
The lkdtm module provides an interface to crash or injure the kernel at
|
||||
predefined crashpoints to evaluate the reliability of crash dumps obtained
|
||||
using different dumping solutions. The module uses KPROBEs to instrument
|
||||
crashing points, but can also crash the kernel directly without KRPOBE
|
||||
support.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
You can provide the way either through module arguments when inserting
|
||||
the module, or through a debugfs interface.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: insmod lkdtm.ko [recur_count={>0}] cpoint_name=<> cpoint_type=<>
|
||||
[cpoint_count={>0}]
|
||||
|
||||
recur_count : Recursion level for the stack overflow test. Default is 10.
|
||||
|
||||
cpoint_name : Crash point where the kernel is to be crashed. It can be
|
||||
one of INT_HARDWARE_ENTRY, INT_HW_IRQ_EN, INT_TASKLET_ENTRY,
|
||||
FS_DEVRW, MEM_SWAPOUT, TIMERADD, SCSI_DISPATCH_CMD,
|
||||
IDE_CORE_CP, DIRECT
|
||||
|
||||
cpoint_type : Indicates the action to be taken on hitting the crash point.
|
||||
It can be one of PANIC, BUG, EXCEPTION, LOOP, OVERFLOW,
|
||||
CORRUPT_STACK, UNALIGNED_LOAD_STORE_WRITE, OVERWRITE_ALLOCATION,
|
||||
WRITE_AFTER_FREE,
|
||||
|
||||
cpoint_count : Indicates the number of times the crash point is to be hit
|
||||
to trigger an action. The default is 10.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also induce failures by mounting debugfs and writing the type to
|
||||
<mountpoint>/provoke-crash/<crashpoint>. E.g.,
|
||||
|
||||
mount -t debugfs debugfs /mnt
|
||||
echo EXCEPTION > /mnt/provoke-crash/INT_HARDWARE_ENTRY
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
A special file is `DIRECT' which will induce the crash directly without
|
||||
KPROBE instrumentation. This mode is the only one available when the module
|
||||
is built on a kernel without KPROBEs support.
|
||||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
|
||||
VIA UniChrome Family(CLE266, PM800 / CN400 / CN300,
|
||||
P4M800CE / P4M800Pro / CN700 / VN800,
|
||||
CX700 / VX700, K8M890, P4M890,
|
||||
CN896 / P4M900, VX800)
|
||||
CN896 / P4M900, VX800, VX855)
|
||||
|
||||
[Driver features]
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
@@ -154,13 +154,6 @@
|
||||
0 : No Dual Edge Panel (default)
|
||||
1 : Dual Edge Panel
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_video_dev:
|
||||
This option is used to specify video output devices(CRT, DVI, LCD) for
|
||||
duoview case.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
To output video on DVI, we should use:
|
||||
modprobe viafb viafb_video_dev=DVI...
|
||||
|
||||
viafb_lcd_port:
|
||||
This option is used to specify LCD output port,
|
||||
available values are "DVP0" "DVP1" "DFP_HIGHLOW" "DFP_HIGH" "DFP_LOW".
|
||||
@@ -181,9 +174,6 @@ Notes:
|
||||
and bpp, need to call VIAFB specified ioctl interface VIAFB_SET_DEVICE
|
||||
instead of calling common ioctl function FBIOPUT_VSCREENINFO since
|
||||
viafb doesn't support multi-head well, or it will cause screen crush.
|
||||
4. VX800 2D accelerator hasn't been supported in this driver yet. When
|
||||
using driver on VX800, the driver will disable the acceleration
|
||||
function as default.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Configure viafb with "fbset" tool]
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,21 +6,6 @@ be removed from this file.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: USER_SCHED
|
||||
When: 2.6.34
|
||||
|
||||
Why: USER_SCHED was implemented as a proof of concept for group scheduling.
|
||||
The effect of USER_SCHED can already be achieved from userspace with
|
||||
the help of libcgroup. The removal of USER_SCHED will also simplify
|
||||
the scheduler code with the removal of one major ifdef. There are also
|
||||
issues USER_SCHED has with USER_NS. A decision was taken not to fix
|
||||
those and instead remove USER_SCHED. Also new group scheduling
|
||||
features will not be implemented for USER_SCHED.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: PRISM54
|
||||
When: 2.6.34
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +49,17 @@ Who: Robin Getz <rgetz@blackfin.uclinux.org> & Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: Deprecated snapshot ioctls
|
||||
When: 2.6.36
|
||||
|
||||
Why: The ioctls in kernel/power/user.c were marked as deprecated long time
|
||||
ago. Now they notify users about that so that they need to replace
|
||||
their userspace. After some more time, remove them completely.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: The ieee80211_regdom module parameter
|
||||
When: March 2010 / desktop catchup
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -88,27 +84,6 @@ Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY - old static regulatory information
|
||||
When: March 2010 / desktop catchup
|
||||
|
||||
Why: The old regulatory infrastructure has been replaced with a new one
|
||||
which does not require statically defined regulatory domains. We do
|
||||
not want to keep static regulatory domains in the kernel due to the
|
||||
the dynamic nature of regulatory law and localization. We kept around
|
||||
the old static definitions for the regulatory domains of:
|
||||
|
||||
* US
|
||||
* JP
|
||||
* EU
|
||||
|
||||
and used by default the US when CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY was
|
||||
set. We will remove this option once the standard Linux desktop catches
|
||||
up with the new userspace APIs we have implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: dev->power.power_state
|
||||
When: July 2007
|
||||
Why: Broken design for runtime control over driver power states, confusing
|
||||
@@ -142,19 +117,25 @@ Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
|
||||
When: November 2005
|
||||
When: 2.6.35/2.6.36
|
||||
Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
|
||||
Why: With the 16-bit PCMCIA subsystem now behaving (almost) like a
|
||||
normal hotpluggable bus, and with it using the default kernel
|
||||
infrastructure (hotplug, driver core, sysfs) keeping the PCMCIA
|
||||
control ioctl needed by cardmgr and cardctl from pcmcia-cs is
|
||||
unnecessary, and makes further cleanups and integration of the
|
||||
unnecessary and potentially harmful (it does not provide for
|
||||
proper locking), and makes further cleanups and integration of the
|
||||
PCMCIA subsystem into the Linux kernel device driver model more
|
||||
difficult. The features provided by cardmgr and cardctl are either
|
||||
handled by the kernel itself now or are available in the new
|
||||
pcmciautils package available at
|
||||
http://kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/pcmcia/
|
||||
Who: Dominik Brodowski <linux@brodo.de>
|
||||
|
||||
For all architectures except ARM, the associated config symbol
|
||||
has been removed from kernel 2.6.34; for ARM, it will be likely
|
||||
be removed from kernel 2.6.35. The actual code will then likely
|
||||
be removed from kernel 2.6.36.
|
||||
Who: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -291,22 +272,6 @@ Who: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: usedac i386 kernel parameter
|
||||
When: 2.6.27
|
||||
Why: replaced by allowdac and no dac combination
|
||||
Who: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: print_fn_descriptor_symbol()
|
||||
When: October 2009
|
||||
Why: The %pF vsprintf format provides the same functionality in a
|
||||
simpler way. print_fn_descriptor_symbol() is deprecated but
|
||||
still present to give out-of-tree modules time to change.
|
||||
Who: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/o2cb symlink
|
||||
When: January 2010
|
||||
Why: /sys/fs/o2cb is the proper location for this information - /sys/o2cb
|
||||
@@ -484,9 +449,136 @@ Who: Alok N Kataria <akataria@vmware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: adt7473 hardware monitoring driver
|
||||
When: February 2010
|
||||
Why: Obsoleted by the adt7475 driver.
|
||||
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||
What: Support for lcd_switch and display_get in asus-laptop driver
|
||||
When: March 2010
|
||||
Why: These two features use non-standard interfaces. There are the
|
||||
only features that really need multiple path to guess what's
|
||||
the right method name on a specific laptop.
|
||||
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
Removing them will allow to remove a lot of code an significantly
|
||||
clean the drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
This will affect the backlight code which won't be able to know
|
||||
if the backlight is on or off. The platform display file will also be
|
||||
write only (like the one in eeepc-laptop).
|
||||
|
||||
This should'nt affect a lot of user because they usually know
|
||||
when their display is on or off.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: usbvideo quickcam_messenger driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/usbvideo/quickcam_messenger.[ch]
|
||||
Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv06xx
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: ov511 v4l1 driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/ov511.[ch]
|
||||
Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: w9968cf v4l1 driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/w9968cf*.[ch]
|
||||
Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_ov519
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: ovcamchip sensor framework
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/ovcamchip/*
|
||||
Why: Only used by obsoleted v4l1 drivers
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: stv680 v4l1 driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/stv680.[ch]
|
||||
Why: obsolete v4l1 driver replaced by gspca_stv0680
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: zc0301 v4l driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/media/video/zc0301/*
|
||||
Why: Duplicate functionality with the gspca_zc3xx driver, zc0301 only
|
||||
supports 2 USB-ID's (because it only supports a limited set of
|
||||
sensors) wich are also supported by the gspca_zc3xx driver
|
||||
(which supports 53 USB-ID's in total)
|
||||
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: corgikbd, spitzkbd, tosakbd driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: drivers/input/keyboard/{corgi,spitz,tosa}kbd.c
|
||||
Why: We now have a generic GPIO based matrix keyboard driver that
|
||||
are fully capable of handling all the keys on these devices.
|
||||
The original drivers manipulate the GPIO registers directly
|
||||
and so are difficult to maintain.
|
||||
Who: Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: corgi_ssp and corgi_ts driver
|
||||
When: 2.6.35
|
||||
Files: arch/arm/mach-pxa/corgi_ssp.c, drivers/input/touchscreen/corgi_ts.c
|
||||
Why: The corgi touchscreen is now deprecated in favour of the generic
|
||||
ads7846.c driver. The noise reduction technique used in corgi_ts.c,
|
||||
that's to wait till vsync before ADC sampling, is also integrated into
|
||||
ads7846 driver now. Provided that the original driver is not generic
|
||||
and is difficult to maintain, it will be removed later.
|
||||
Who: Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: capifs
|
||||
When: February 2011
|
||||
Files: drivers/isdn/capi/capifs.*
|
||||
Why: udev fully replaces this special file system that only contains CAPI
|
||||
NCCI TTY device nodes. User space (pppdcapiplugin) works without
|
||||
noticing the difference.
|
||||
Who: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: KVM memory aliases support
|
||||
When: July 2010
|
||||
Why: Memory aliasing support is used for speeding up guest vga access
|
||||
through the vga windows.
|
||||
|
||||
Modern userspace no longer uses this feature, so it's just bitrotted
|
||||
code and can be removed with no impact.
|
||||
Who: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: KVM kernel-allocated memory slots
|
||||
When: July 2010
|
||||
Why: Since 2.6.25, kvm supports user-allocated memory slots, which are
|
||||
much more flexible than kernel-allocated slots. All current userspace
|
||||
supports the newer interface and this code can be removed with no
|
||||
impact.
|
||||
Who: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: KVM paravirt mmu host support
|
||||
When: January 2011
|
||||
Why: The paravirt mmu host support is slower than non-paravirt mmu, both
|
||||
on newer and older hardware. It is already not exposed to the guest,
|
||||
and kept only for live migration purposes.
|
||||
Who: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file (info on some of the filesystems supported by linux).
|
||||
Exporting
|
||||
- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
|
||||
Locking
|
||||
- info on locking rules as they pertain to Linux VFS.
|
||||
9p.txt
|
||||
@@ -64,16 +62,14 @@ jfs.txt
|
||||
- info and mount options for the JFS filesystem.
|
||||
locks.txt
|
||||
- info on file locking implementations, flock() vs. fcntl(), etc.
|
||||
logfs.txt
|
||||
- info on the LogFS flash filesystem.
|
||||
mandatory-locking.txt
|
||||
- info on the Linux implementation of Sys V mandatory file locking.
|
||||
ncpfs.txt
|
||||
- info on Novell Netware(tm) filesystem using NCP protocol.
|
||||
nfs41-server.txt
|
||||
- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
|
||||
nfs-rdma.txt
|
||||
- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software.
|
||||
nfsroot.txt
|
||||
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
|
||||
nfs/
|
||||
- nfs-related documentation.
|
||||
nilfs2.txt
|
||||
- info and mount options for the NILFS2 filesystem.
|
||||
ntfs.txt
|
||||
@@ -92,8 +88,6 @@ relay.txt
|
||||
- info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space.
|
||||
romfs.txt
|
||||
- description of the ROMFS filesystem.
|
||||
rpc-cache.txt
|
||||
- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
|
||||
seq_file.txt
|
||||
- how to use the seq_file API
|
||||
sharedsubtree.txt
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -460,13 +460,6 @@ in sys_read() and friends.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------- dquot_operations -------------------------------
|
||||
prototypes:
|
||||
int (*initialize) (struct inode *, int);
|
||||
int (*drop) (struct inode *);
|
||||
int (*alloc_space) (struct inode *, qsize_t, int);
|
||||
int (*alloc_inode) (const struct inode *, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*free_space) (struct inode *, qsize_t);
|
||||
int (*free_inode) (const struct inode *, unsigned long);
|
||||
int (*transfer) (struct inode *, struct iattr *);
|
||||
int (*write_dquot) (struct dquot *);
|
||||
int (*acquire_dquot) (struct dquot *);
|
||||
int (*release_dquot) (struct dquot *);
|
||||
@@ -479,13 +472,6 @@ a proper locking wrt the filesystem and call the generic quota operations.
|
||||
What filesystem should expect from the generic quota functions:
|
||||
|
||||
FS recursion Held locks when called
|
||||
initialize: yes maybe dqonoff_sem
|
||||
drop: yes -
|
||||
alloc_space: ->mark_dirty() -
|
||||
alloc_inode: ->mark_dirty() -
|
||||
free_space: ->mark_dirty() -
|
||||
free_inode: ->mark_dirty() -
|
||||
transfer: yes -
|
||||
write_dquot: yes dqonoff_sem or dqptr_sem
|
||||
acquire_dquot: yes dqonoff_sem or dqptr_sem
|
||||
release_dquot: yes dqonoff_sem or dqptr_sem
|
||||
@@ -495,10 +481,6 @@ write_info: yes dqonoff_sem
|
||||
FS recursion means calling ->quota_read() and ->quota_write() from superblock
|
||||
operations.
|
||||
|
||||
->alloc_space(), ->alloc_inode(), ->free_space(), ->free_inode() are called
|
||||
only directly by the filesystem and do not call any fs functions only
|
||||
the ->mark_dirty() operation.
|
||||
|
||||
More details about quota locking can be found in fs/dquot.c.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------- vm_operations_struct -----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ changes are :
|
||||
2. Insertion of a dentry into the hash table is done using
|
||||
hlist_add_head_rcu() which take care of ordering the writes - the
|
||||
writes to the dentry must be visible before the dentry is
|
||||
inserted. This works in conjunction with hlist_for_each_rcu() while
|
||||
inserted. This works in conjunction with hlist_for_each_rcu(),
|
||||
which has since been replaced by hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(), while
|
||||
walking the hash chain. The only requirement is that all
|
||||
initialization to the dentry must be done before
|
||||
hlist_add_head_rcu() since we don't have dcache_lock protection
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ nobarrier This also requires an IO stack which can support
|
||||
also be used to enable or disable barriers, for
|
||||
consistency with other ext4 mount options.
|
||||
|
||||
inode_readahead=n This tuning parameter controls the maximum
|
||||
inode_readahead_blks=n This tuning parameter controls the maximum
|
||||
number of inode table blocks that ext4's inode
|
||||
table readahead algorithm will pre-read into
|
||||
the buffer cache. The default value is 32 blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
241
Documentation/filesystems/logfs.txt
Normal file
241
Documentation/filesystems/logfs.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
|
||||
|
||||
The LogFS Flash Filesystem
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
Specification
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
Superblocks
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Two superblocks exist at the beginning and end of the filesystem.
|
||||
Each superblock is 256 Bytes large, with another 3840 Bytes reserved
|
||||
for future purposes, making a total of 4096 Bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Superblock locations may differ for MTD and block devices. On MTD the
|
||||
first non-bad block contains a superblock in the first 4096 Bytes and
|
||||
the last non-bad block contains a superblock in the last 4096 Bytes.
|
||||
On block devices, the first 4096 Bytes of the device contain the first
|
||||
superblock and the last aligned 4096 Byte-block contains the second
|
||||
superblock.
|
||||
|
||||
For the most part, the superblocks can be considered read-only. They
|
||||
are written only to correct errors detected within the superblocks,
|
||||
move the journal and change the filesystem parameters through tunefs.
|
||||
As a result, the superblock does not contain any fields that require
|
||||
constant updates, like the amount of free space, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Segments
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The space in the device is split up into equal-sized segments.
|
||||
Segments are the primary write unit of LogFS. Within each segments,
|
||||
writes happen from front (low addresses) to back (high addresses. If
|
||||
only a partial segment has been written, the segment number, the
|
||||
current position within and optionally a write buffer are stored in
|
||||
the journal.
|
||||
|
||||
Segments are erased as a whole. Therefore Garbage Collection may be
|
||||
required to completely free a segment before doing so.
|
||||
|
||||
Journal
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The journal contains all global information about the filesystem that
|
||||
is subject to frequent change. At mount time, it has to be scanned
|
||||
for the most recent commit entry, which contains a list of pointers to
|
||||
all currently valid entries.
|
||||
|
||||
Object Store
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
All space except for the superblocks and journal is part of the object
|
||||
store. Each segment contains a segment header and a number of
|
||||
objects, each consisting of the object header and the payload.
|
||||
Objects are either inodes, directory entries (dentries), file data
|
||||
blocks or indirect blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
Levels
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
Garbage collection (GC) may fail if all data is written
|
||||
indiscriminately. One requirement of GC is that data is seperated
|
||||
roughly according to the distance between the tree root and the data.
|
||||
Effectively that means all file data is on level 0, indirect blocks
|
||||
are on levels 1, 2, 3 4 or 5 for 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x or 5x indirect blocks,
|
||||
respectively. Inode file data is on level 6 for the inodes and 7-11
|
||||
for indirect blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
Each segment contains objects of a single level only. As a result,
|
||||
each level requires its own seperate segment to be open for writing.
|
||||
|
||||
Inode File
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
All inodes are stored in a special file, the inode file. Single
|
||||
exception is the inode file's inode (master inode) which for obvious
|
||||
reasons is stored in the journal instead. Instead of data blocks, the
|
||||
leaf nodes of the inode files are inodes.
|
||||
|
||||
Aliases
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
Writes in LogFS are done by means of a wandering tree. A naïve
|
||||
implementation would require that for each write or a block, all
|
||||
parent blocks are written as well, since the block pointers have
|
||||
changed. Such an implementation would not be very efficient.
|
||||
|
||||
In LogFS, the block pointer changes are cached in the journal by means
|
||||
of alias entries. Each alias consists of its logical address - inode
|
||||
number, block index, level and child number (index into block) - and
|
||||
the changed data. Any 8-byte word can be changes in this manner.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently aliases are used for block pointers, file size, file used
|
||||
bytes and the height of an inodes indirect tree.
|
||||
|
||||
Segment Aliases
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
Related to regular aliases, these are used to handle bad blocks.
|
||||
Initially, bad blocks are handled by moving the affected segment
|
||||
content to a spare segment and noting this move in the journal with a
|
||||
segment alias, a simple (to, from) tupel. GC will later empty this
|
||||
segment and the alias can be removed again. This is used on MTD only.
|
||||
|
||||
Vim
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
By cleverly predicting the life time of data, it is possible to
|
||||
seperate long-living data from short-living data and thereby reduce
|
||||
the GC overhead later. Each type of distinc life expectency (vim) can
|
||||
have a seperate segment open for writing. Each (level, vim) tupel can
|
||||
be open just once. If an open segment with unknown vim is encountered
|
||||
at mount time, it is closed and ignored henceforth.
|
||||
|
||||
Indirect Tree
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
Inodes in LogFS are similar to FFS-style filesystems with direct and
|
||||
indirect block pointers. One difference is that LogFS uses a single
|
||||
indirect pointer that can be either a 1x, 2x, etc. indirect pointer.
|
||||
A height field in the inode defines the height of the indirect tree
|
||||
and thereby the indirection of the pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
Another difference is the addressing of indirect blocks. In LogFS,
|
||||
the first 16 pointers in the first indirect block are left empty,
|
||||
corresponding to the 16 direct pointers in the inode. In ext2 (maybe
|
||||
others as well) the first pointer in the first indirect block
|
||||
corresponds to logical block 12, skipping the 12 direct pointers.
|
||||
So where ext2 is using arithmetic to better utilize space, LogFS keeps
|
||||
arithmetic simple and uses compression to save space.
|
||||
|
||||
Compression
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Both file data and metadata can be compressed. Compression for file
|
||||
data can be enabled with chattr +c and disabled with chattr -c. Doing
|
||||
so has no effect on existing data, but new data will be stored
|
||||
accordingly. New inodes will inherit the compression flag of the
|
||||
parent directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Metadata is always compressed. However, the space accounting ignores
|
||||
this and charges for the uncompressed size. Failing to do so could
|
||||
result in GC failures when, after moving some data, indirect blocks
|
||||
compress worse than previously. Even on a 100% full medium, GC may
|
||||
not consume any extra space, so the compression gains are lost space
|
||||
to the user.
|
||||
|
||||
However, they are not lost space to the filesystem internals. By
|
||||
cheating the user for those bytes, the filesystem gained some slack
|
||||
space and GC will run less often and faster.
|
||||
|
||||
Garbage Collection and Wear Leveling
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Garbage collection is invoked whenever the number of free segments
|
||||
falls below a threshold. The best (known) candidate is picked based
|
||||
on the least amount of valid data contained in the segment. All
|
||||
remaining valid data is copied elsewhere, thereby invalidating it.
|
||||
|
||||
The GC code also checks for aliases and writes then back if their
|
||||
number gets too large.
|
||||
|
||||
Wear leveling is done by occasionally picking a suboptimal segment for
|
||||
garbage collection. If a stale segments erase count is significantly
|
||||
lower than the active segments' erase counts, it will be picked. Wear
|
||||
leveling is rate limited, so it will never monopolize the device for
|
||||
more than one segment worth at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
Values for "occasionally", "significantly lower" are compile time
|
||||
constants.
|
||||
|
||||
Hashed directories
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
To satisfy efficient lookup(), directory entries are hashed and
|
||||
located based on the hash. In order to both support large directories
|
||||
and not be overly inefficient for small directories, several hash
|
||||
tables of increasing size are used. For each table, the hash value
|
||||
modulo the table size gives the table index.
|
||||
|
||||
Tables sizes are chosen to limit the number of indirect blocks with a
|
||||
fully populated table to 0, 1, 2 or 3 respectively. So the first
|
||||
table contains 16 entries, the second 512-16, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
The last table is special in several ways. First its size depends on
|
||||
the effective 32bit limit on telldir/seekdir cookies. Since logfs
|
||||
uses the upper half of the address space for indirect blocks, the size
|
||||
is limited to 2^31. Secondly the table contains hash buckets with 16
|
||||
entries each.
|
||||
|
||||
Using single-entry buckets would result in birthday "attacks". At
|
||||
just 2^16 used entries, hash collisions would be likely (P >= 0.5).
|
||||
My math skills are insufficient to do the combinatorics for the 17x
|
||||
collisions necessary to overflow a bucket, but testing showed that in
|
||||
10,000 runs the lowest directory fill before a bucket overflow was
|
||||
188,057,130 entries with an average of 315,149,915 entries. So for
|
||||
directory sizes of up to a million, bucket overflows should be
|
||||
virtually impossible under normal circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
With carefully chosen filenames, it is obviously possible to cause an
|
||||
overflow with just 21 entries (4 higher tables + 16 entries + 1). So
|
||||
there may be a security concern if a malicious user has write access
|
||||
to a directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Open For Discussion
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Device Address Space
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
A device address space is used for caching. Both block devices and
|
||||
MTD provide functions to either read a single page or write a segment.
|
||||
Partial segments may be written for data integrity, but where possible
|
||||
complete segments are written for performance on simple block device
|
||||
flash media.
|
||||
|
||||
Meta Inodes
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Inodes are stored in the inode file, which is just a regular file for
|
||||
most purposes. At umount time, however, the inode file needs to
|
||||
remain open until all dirty inodes are written. So
|
||||
generic_shutdown_super() may not close this inode, but shouldn't
|
||||
complain about remaining inodes due to the inode file either. Same
|
||||
goes for mapping inode of the device address space.
|
||||
|
||||
Currently logfs uses a hack that essentially copies part of fs/inode.c
|
||||
code over. A general solution would be preferred.
|
||||
|
||||
Indirect block mapping
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
With compression, the block device (or mapping inode) cannot be used
|
||||
to cache indirect blocks. Some other place is required. Currently
|
||||
logfs uses the top half of each inode's address space. The low 8TB
|
||||
(on 32bit) are filled with file data, the high 8TB are used for
|
||||
indirect blocks.
|
||||
|
||||
One problem is that 16TB files created on 64bit systems actually have
|
||||
data in the top 8TB. But files >16TB would cause problems anyway, so
|
||||
only the limit has changed.
|
||||
16
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
Normal file
16
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/00-INDEX
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- this file (nfs-related documentation).
|
||||
Exporting
|
||||
- explanation of how to make filesystems exportable.
|
||||
knfsd-stats.txt
|
||||
- statistics which the NFS server makes available to user space.
|
||||
nfs.txt
|
||||
- nfs client, and DNS resolution for fs_locations.
|
||||
nfs41-server.txt
|
||||
- info on the Linux server implementation of NFSv4 minor version 1.
|
||||
nfs-rdma.txt
|
||||
- how to install and setup the Linux NFS/RDMA client and server software
|
||||
nfsroot.txt
|
||||
- short guide on setting up a diskless box with NFS root filesystem.
|
||||
rpc-cache.txt
|
||||
- introduction to the caching mechanisms in the sunrpc layer.
|
||||
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ kernels must turn 4.1 on or off *before* turning support for version 4
|
||||
on or off; rpc.nfsd does this correctly.)
|
||||
|
||||
The NFSv4 minorversion 1 (NFSv4.1) implementation in nfsd is based
|
||||
on the latest NFSv4.1 Internet Draft:
|
||||
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-nfsv4-minorversion1-29
|
||||
on RFC 5661.
|
||||
|
||||
From the many new features in NFSv4.1 the current implementation
|
||||
focuses on the mandatory-to-implement NFSv4.1 Sessions, providing
|
||||
@@ -41,10 +40,10 @@ interoperability problems with future clients. Known issues:
|
||||
conformant with the spec (for example, we don't use kerberos
|
||||
on the backchannel correctly).
|
||||
- no trunking support: no clients currently take advantage of
|
||||
trunking, but this is a mandatory failure, and its use is
|
||||
trunking, but this is a mandatory feature, and its use is
|
||||
recommended to clients in a number of places. (E.g. to ensure
|
||||
timely renewal in case an existing connection's retry timeouts
|
||||
have gotten too long; see section 8.3 of the draft.)
|
||||
have gotten too long; see section 8.3 of the RFC.)
|
||||
Therefore, lack of this feature may cause future clients to
|
||||
fail.
|
||||
- Incomplete backchannel support: incomplete backchannel gss
|
||||
@@ -213,3 +212,10 @@ The following cases aren't supported yet:
|
||||
DESTROY_CLIENTID, DESTROY_SESSION, EXCHANGE_ID.
|
||||
* DESTROY_SESSION MUST be the final operation in the COMPOUND request.
|
||||
|
||||
Nonstandard compound limitations:
|
||||
* No support for a sessions fore channel RPC compound that requires both a
|
||||
ca_maxrequestsize request and a ca_maxresponsesize reply, so we may
|
||||
fail to live up to the promise we made in CREATE_SESSION fore channel
|
||||
negotiation.
|
||||
* No more than one IO operation (read, write, readdir) allowed per
|
||||
compound.
|
||||
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ described in the man pages included in the package.
|
||||
Project web page: http://www.nilfs.org/en/
|
||||
Download page: http://www.nilfs.org/en/download.html
|
||||
Git tree web page: http://www.nilfs.org/git/
|
||||
NILFS mailing lists: http://www.nilfs.org/mailman/listinfo/users
|
||||
List info: http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-nilfs
|
||||
|
||||
Caveats
|
||||
=======
|
||||
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@ norecovery Disable recovery of the filesystem on mount.
|
||||
This disables every write access on the device for
|
||||
read-only mounts or snapshots. This option will fail
|
||||
for r/w mounts on an unclean volume.
|
||||
discard Issue discard/TRIM commands to the underlying block
|
||||
device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD
|
||||
devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs.
|
||||
|
||||
NILFS2 usage
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Callers of notify_change() need ->i_mutex now.
|
||||
New super_block field "struct export_operations *s_export_op" for
|
||||
explicit support for exporting, e.g. via NFS. The structure is fully
|
||||
documented at its declaration in include/linux/fs.h, and in
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/Exporting.
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/nfs/Exporting.
|
||||
|
||||
Briefly it allows for the definition of decode_fh and encode_fh operations
|
||||
to encode and decode filehandles, and allows the filesystem to use
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Table of Contents
|
||||
3.3 /proc/<pid>/io - Display the IO accounting fields
|
||||
3.4 /proc/<pid>/coredump_filter - Core dump filtering settings
|
||||
3.5 /proc/<pid>/mountinfo - Information about mounts
|
||||
3.6 /proc/<pid>/comm & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -163,6 +164,7 @@ read the file /proc/PID/status:
|
||||
VmExe: 68 kB
|
||||
VmLib: 1412 kB
|
||||
VmPTE: 20 kb
|
||||
VmSwap: 0 kB
|
||||
Threads: 1
|
||||
SigQ: 0/28578
|
||||
SigPnd: 0000000000000000
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +178,6 @@ read the file /proc/PID/status:
|
||||
CapBnd: ffffffffffffffff
|
||||
voluntary_ctxt_switches: 0
|
||||
nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches: 1
|
||||
Stack usage: 12 kB
|
||||
|
||||
This shows you nearly the same information you would get if you viewed it with
|
||||
the ps command. In fact, ps uses the proc file system to obtain its
|
||||
@@ -188,6 +189,12 @@ memory usage. Its seven fields are explained in Table 1-3. The stat file
|
||||
contains details information about the process itself. Its fields are
|
||||
explained in Table 1-4.
|
||||
|
||||
(for SMP CONFIG users)
|
||||
For making accounting scalable, RSS related information are handled in
|
||||
asynchronous manner and the vaule may not be very precise. To see a precise
|
||||
snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table.
|
||||
It's slow but very precise.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1-2: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.30-rc7)
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
Field Content
|
||||
@@ -213,6 +220,7 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.30-rc7)
|
||||
VmExe size of text segment
|
||||
VmLib size of shared library code
|
||||
VmPTE size of page table entries
|
||||
VmSwap size of swap usage (the number of referred swapents)
|
||||
Threads number of threads
|
||||
SigQ number of signals queued/max. number for queue
|
||||
SigPnd bitmap of pending signals for the thread
|
||||
@@ -230,7 +238,6 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.30-rc7)
|
||||
Mems_allowed_list Same as previous, but in "list format"
|
||||
voluntary_ctxt_switches number of voluntary context switches
|
||||
nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches number of non voluntary context switches
|
||||
Stack usage: stack usage high water mark (round up to page size)
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1-3: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.8-rc3)
|
||||
@@ -431,6 +438,7 @@ Table 1-5: Kernel info in /proc
|
||||
modules List of loaded modules
|
||||
mounts Mounted filesystems
|
||||
net Networking info (see text)
|
||||
pagetypeinfo Additional page allocator information (see text) (2.5)
|
||||
partitions Table of partitions known to the system
|
||||
pci Deprecated info of PCI bus (new way -> /proc/bus/pci/,
|
||||
decoupled by lspci (2.4)
|
||||
@@ -585,7 +593,7 @@ Node 0, zone DMA 0 4 5 4 4 3 ...
|
||||
Node 0, zone Normal 1 0 0 1 101 8 ...
|
||||
Node 0, zone HighMem 2 0 0 1 1 0 ...
|
||||
|
||||
Memory fragmentation is a problem under some workloads, and buddyinfo is a
|
||||
External fragmentation is a problem under some workloads, and buddyinfo is a
|
||||
useful tool for helping diagnose these problems. Buddyinfo will give you a
|
||||
clue as to how big an area you can safely allocate, or why a previous
|
||||
allocation failed.
|
||||
@@ -595,6 +603,48 @@ available. In this case, there are 0 chunks of 2^0*PAGE_SIZE available in
|
||||
ZONE_DMA, 4 chunks of 2^1*PAGE_SIZE in ZONE_DMA, 101 chunks of 2^4*PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
available in ZONE_NORMAL, etc...
|
||||
|
||||
More information relevant to external fragmentation can be found in
|
||||
pagetypeinfo.
|
||||
|
||||
> cat /proc/pagetypeinfo
|
||||
Page block order: 9
|
||||
Pages per block: 512
|
||||
|
||||
Free pages count per migrate type at order 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA, type Unmovable 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA, type Reclaimable 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA, type Movable 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 0 1 0 2
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA, type Reserve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA, type Isolate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32, type Unmovable 103 54 77 1 1 1 11 8 7 1 9
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32, type Reclaimable 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32, type Movable 169 152 113 91 77 54 39 13 6 1 452
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32, type Reserve 1 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 1 1 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32, type Isolate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||||
|
||||
Number of blocks type Unmovable Reclaimable Movable Reserve Isolate
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA 2 0 5 1 0
|
||||
Node 0, zone DMA32 41 6 967 2 0
|
||||
|
||||
Fragmentation avoidance in the kernel works by grouping pages of different
|
||||
migrate types into the same contiguous regions of memory called page blocks.
|
||||
A page block is typically the size of the default hugepage size e.g. 2MB on
|
||||
X86-64. By keeping pages grouped based on their ability to move, the kernel
|
||||
can reclaim pages within a page block to satisfy a high-order allocation.
|
||||
|
||||
The pagetypinfo begins with information on the size of a page block. It
|
||||
then gives the same type of information as buddyinfo except broken down
|
||||
by migrate-type and finishes with details on how many page blocks of each
|
||||
type exist.
|
||||
|
||||
If min_free_kbytes has been tuned correctly (recommendations made by hugeadm
|
||||
from libhugetlbfs http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhugetlbfs/), one can
|
||||
make an estimate of the likely number of huge pages that can be allocated
|
||||
at a given point in time. All the "Movable" blocks should be allocatable
|
||||
unless memory has been mlock()'d. Some of the Reclaimable blocks should
|
||||
also be allocatable although a lot of filesystem metadata may have to be
|
||||
reclaimed to achieve this.
|
||||
|
||||
..............................................................................
|
||||
|
||||
meminfo:
|
||||
@@ -1409,3 +1459,11 @@ For more information on mount propagation see:
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.6 /proc/<pid>/comm & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
These files provide a method to access a tasks comm value. It also allows for
|
||||
a task to set its own or one of its thread siblings comm value. The comm value
|
||||
is limited in size compared to the cmdline value, so writing anything longer
|
||||
then the kernel's TASK_COMM_LEN (currently 16 chars) will result in a truncated
|
||||
comm value.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -248,9 +248,7 @@ code, that is done in the initialization code in the usual way:
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct proc_dir_entry *entry;
|
||||
|
||||
entry = create_proc_entry("sequence", 0, NULL);
|
||||
if (entry)
|
||||
entry->proc_fops = &ct_file_ops;
|
||||
proc_create("sequence", 0, NULL, &ct_file_ops);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -837,6 +837,9 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same.
|
||||
individual lists does not affect propagation or the way propagation
|
||||
tree is modified by operations.
|
||||
|
||||
All vfsmounts in a peer group have the same ->mnt_master. If it is
|
||||
non-NULL, they form a contiguous (ordered) segment of slave list.
|
||||
|
||||
A example propagation tree looks as shown in the figure below.
|
||||
[ NOTE: Though it looks like a forest, if we consider all the shared
|
||||
mounts as a conceptual entity called 'pnode', it becomes a tree]
|
||||
@@ -874,8 +877,19 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The propagation tree is orthogonal to the mount tree.
|
||||
|
||||
8B Locking:
|
||||
|
||||
8B Algorithm:
|
||||
->mnt_share, ->mnt_slave, ->mnt_slave_list, ->mnt_master are protected
|
||||
by namespace_sem (exclusive for modifications, shared for reading).
|
||||
|
||||
Normally we have ->mnt_flags modifications serialized by vfsmount_lock.
|
||||
There are two exceptions: do_add_mount() and clone_mnt().
|
||||
The former modifies a vfsmount that has not been visible in any shared
|
||||
data structures yet.
|
||||
The latter holds namespace_sem and the only references to vfsmount
|
||||
are in lists that can't be traversed without namespace_sem.
|
||||
|
||||
8C Algorithm:
|
||||
|
||||
The crux of the implementation resides in rbind/move operation.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ struct device_attribute {
|
||||
const char *buf, size_t count);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int device_create_file(struct device *, struct device_attribute *);
|
||||
void device_remove_file(struct device *, struct device_attribute *);
|
||||
int device_create_file(struct device *, const struct device_attribute *);
|
||||
void device_remove_file(struct device *, const struct device_attribute *);
|
||||
|
||||
It also defines this helper for defining device attributes:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ DEVICE_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store);
|
||||
|
||||
Creation/Removal:
|
||||
|
||||
int device_create_file(struct device *device, struct device_attribute * attr);
|
||||
void device_remove_file(struct device * dev, struct device_attribute * attr);
|
||||
int device_create_file(struct device *dev, const struct device_attribute * attr);
|
||||
void device_remove_file(struct device *dev, const struct device_attribute * attr);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
- bus drivers (include/linux/device.h)
|
||||
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ DRIVER_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store)
|
||||
|
||||
Creation/Removal:
|
||||
|
||||
int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
int driver_create_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
void driver_remove_file(struct device_driver *, const struct driver_attribute *);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -253,6 +253,70 @@ pin setup (e.g. controlling which pin the GPIO uses, pullup/pulldown).
|
||||
Also note that it's your responsibility to have stopped using a GPIO
|
||||
before you free it.
|
||||
|
||||
Considering in most cases GPIOs are actually configured right after they
|
||||
are claimed, three additional calls are defined:
|
||||
|
||||
/* request a single GPIO, with initial configuration specified by
|
||||
* 'flags', identical to gpio_request() wrt other arguments and
|
||||
* return value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int gpio_request_one(unsigned gpio, unsigned long flags, const char *label);
|
||||
|
||||
/* request multiple GPIOs in a single call
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int gpio_request_array(struct gpio *array, size_t num);
|
||||
|
||||
/* release multiple GPIOs in a single call
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gpio_free_array(struct gpio *array, size_t num);
|
||||
|
||||
where 'flags' is currently defined to specify the following properties:
|
||||
|
||||
* GPIOF_DIR_IN - to configure direction as input
|
||||
* GPIOF_DIR_OUT - to configure direction as output
|
||||
|
||||
* GPIOF_INIT_LOW - as output, set initial level to LOW
|
||||
* GPIOF_INIT_HIGH - as output, set initial level to HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
since GPIOF_INIT_* are only valid when configured as output, so group valid
|
||||
combinations as:
|
||||
|
||||
* GPIOF_IN - configure as input
|
||||
* GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW - configured as output, initial level LOW
|
||||
* GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH - configured as output, initial level HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
In the future, these flags can be extended to support more properties such
|
||||
as open-drain status.
|
||||
|
||||
Further more, to ease the claim/release of multiple GPIOs, 'struct gpio' is
|
||||
introduced to encapsulate all three fields as:
|
||||
|
||||
struct gpio {
|
||||
unsigned gpio;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
const char *label;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
A typical example of usage:
|
||||
|
||||
static struct gpio leds_gpios[] = {
|
||||
{ 32, GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH, "Power LED" }, /* default to ON */
|
||||
{ 33, GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW, "Green LED" }, /* default to OFF */
|
||||
{ 34, GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW, "Red LED" }, /* default to OFF */
|
||||
{ 35, GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW, "Blue LED" }, /* default to OFF */
|
||||
{ ... },
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
err = gpio_request_one(31, GPIOF_IN, "Reset Button");
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
err = gpio_request_array(leds_gpios, ARRAY_SIZE(leds_gpios));
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_free_array(leds_gpios, ARRAY_SIZE(leds_gpios));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOs mapped to IRQs
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
@@ -531,6 +595,13 @@ and have the following read/write attributes:
|
||||
This file exists only if the pin can be configured as an
|
||||
interrupt generating input pin.
|
||||
|
||||
"active_low" ... reads as either 0 (false) or 1 (true). Write
|
||||
any nonzero value to invert the value attribute both
|
||||
for reading and writing. Existing and subsequent
|
||||
poll(2) support configuration via the edge attribute
|
||||
for "rising" and "falling" edges will follow this
|
||||
setting.
|
||||
|
||||
GPIO controllers have paths like /sys/class/gpio/gpiochip42/ (for the
|
||||
controller implementing GPIOs starting at #42) and have the following
|
||||
read-only attributes:
|
||||
@@ -566,6 +637,8 @@ requested using gpio_request():
|
||||
int gpio_export_link(struct device *dev, const char *name,
|
||||
unsigned gpio)
|
||||
|
||||
/* change the polarity of a GPIO node in sysfs */
|
||||
int gpio_sysfs_set_active_low(unsigned gpio, int value);
|
||||
|
||||
After a kernel driver requests a GPIO, it may only be made available in
|
||||
the sysfs interface by gpio_export(). The driver can control whether the
|
||||
@@ -580,3 +653,9 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating
|
||||
symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can
|
||||
use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with
|
||||
a descriptive name.
|
||||
|
||||
Drivers can use gpio_sysfs_set_active_low() to hide GPIO line polarity
|
||||
differences between boards from user space. This only affects the
|
||||
sysfs interface. Polarity change can be done both before and after
|
||||
gpio_export(), and previously enabled poll(2) support for either
|
||||
rising or falling edge will be reconfigured to follow this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
42
Documentation/hwmon/adt7411
Normal file
42
Documentation/hwmon/adt7411
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver adt7411
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* Analog Devices ADT7411
|
||||
Prefix: 'adt7411'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: 0x48, 0x4a, 0x4b
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Wolfram Sang (based on adt7470 by Darrick J. Wong)
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7411 chip. There may
|
||||
be other chips that implement this interface.
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7411 can use an I2C/SMBus compatible 2-wire interface or an
|
||||
SPI-compatible 4-wire interface. It provides a 10-bit analog to digital
|
||||
converter which measures 1 temperature, vdd and 8 input voltages. It has an
|
||||
internal temperature sensor, but an external one can also be connected (one
|
||||
loses 2 inputs then). There are high- and low-limit registers for all inputs.
|
||||
|
||||
Check the datasheet for details.
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs-Interface
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
in0_input - vdd voltage input
|
||||
in[1-8]_input - analog 1-8 input
|
||||
temp1_input - temperature input
|
||||
|
||||
Besides standard interfaces, this driver adds (0 = off, 1 = on):
|
||||
|
||||
adc_ref_vdd - Use vdd as reference instead of 2.25 V
|
||||
fast_sampling - Sample at 22.5 kHz instead of 1.4 kHz, but drop filters
|
||||
no_average - Turn off averaging over 16 samples
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
SPI, external temperature sensor and limit registers are not supported yet.
|
||||
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver adt7473
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* Analog Devices ADT7473
|
||||
Prefix: 'adt7473'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Darrick J. Wong
|
||||
|
||||
This driver is depreacted, please use the adt7475 driver instead.
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7473 chip family.
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7473 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBUS 2.0
|
||||
specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures three (3)
|
||||
temperatures and two (2) voltages. It has four (4) 16-bit counters for
|
||||
measuring fan speed. There are three (3) PWM outputs that can be used
|
||||
to control fan speed.
|
||||
|
||||
A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the
|
||||
ADT7473 that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the
|
||||
three temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
|
||||
programmable. Once configured, the ADT7473 will adjust the PWM outputs in
|
||||
response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.
|
||||
This feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
|
||||
|
||||
Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has
|
||||
corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT7473 will signal an ALARM if
|
||||
any measured value exceeds either limit.
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7473 samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read
|
||||
the registers more often than once every other second. Further,
|
||||
configuration data is only read once per minute.
|
||||
|
||||
Special Features
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7473 have a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures
|
||||
with 0.25 degC resolution. Temperature readings can be configured either
|
||||
for twos complement format or "Offset 64" format, wherein 63 is subtracted
|
||||
from the raw value to get the temperature value.
|
||||
|
||||
The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
|
||||
determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration Notes
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
|
||||
|
||||
* PWM Control
|
||||
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and temp#_auto_point1_temp and
|
||||
* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and temp#_auto_point2_temp -
|
||||
|
||||
point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
|
||||
point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
|
||||
|
||||
The ADT7473 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when
|
||||
the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries. PWM values range
|
||||
from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed). Fan speed will be set to maximum when the
|
||||
temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds temp#_max.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
||||
The NVIDIA binary driver presents an ADT7473 chip via an on-card i2c bus.
|
||||
Unfortunately, they fail to set the i2c adapter class, so this driver may
|
||||
fail to find the chip until the nvidia driver is patched.
|
||||
102
Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
Normal file
102
Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver amc6821
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
Texas Instruments AMC6821
|
||||
Prefix: 'amc6821'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e
|
||||
Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/amc6821.html
|
||||
|
||||
Authors:
|
||||
Tomaz Mertelj <tomaz.mertelj@guest.arnes.si>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments amc6821 chip.
|
||||
The chip has one on-chip and one remote temperature sensor and one pwm fan
|
||||
regulator.
|
||||
The pwm can be controlled either from software or automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
|
||||
|
||||
temp1_input ro on-chip temperature
|
||||
temp1_min rw "
|
||||
temp1_max rw "
|
||||
temp1_crit rw "
|
||||
temp1_min_alarm ro "
|
||||
temp1_max_alarm ro "
|
||||
temp1_crit_alarm ro "
|
||||
|
||||
temp2_input ro remote temperature
|
||||
temp2_min rw "
|
||||
temp2_max rw "
|
||||
temp2_crit rw "
|
||||
temp2_min_alarm ro "
|
||||
temp2_max_alarm ro "
|
||||
temp2_crit_alarm ro "
|
||||
temp2_fault ro "
|
||||
|
||||
fan1_input ro tachometer speed
|
||||
fan1_min rw "
|
||||
fan1_max rw "
|
||||
fan1_fault ro "
|
||||
fan1_div rw Fan divisor can be either 2 or 4.
|
||||
|
||||
pwm1 rw pwm1
|
||||
pwm1_enable rw regulator mode, 1=open loop, 2=fan controlled
|
||||
by remote temperature, 3=fan controlled by
|
||||
combination of the on-chip temperature and
|
||||
remote-sensor temperature,
|
||||
pwm1_auto_channels_temp ro 1 if pwm_enable==2, 3 if pwm_enable==3
|
||||
pwm1_auto_point1_pwm ro Hardwired to 0, shared for both
|
||||
temperature channels.
|
||||
pwm1_auto_point2_pwm rw This value is shared for both temperature
|
||||
channels.
|
||||
pwm1_auto_point3_pwm rw Hardwired to 255, shared for both
|
||||
temperature channels.
|
||||
|
||||
temp1_auto_point1_temp ro Hardwired to temp2_auto_point1_temp
|
||||
which is rw. Below this temperature fan stops.
|
||||
temp1_auto_point2_temp rw The low-temperature limit of the proportional
|
||||
range. Below this temperature
|
||||
pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
|
||||
0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps of
|
||||
4 degree C. Read it out after writing to get
|
||||
the actual value.
|
||||
temp1_auto_point3_temp rw Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
|
||||
speed. It can go from temp1_auto_point2_temp.
|
||||
It can only have certain discrete values
|
||||
which depend on temp1_auto_point2_temp and
|
||||
pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
|
||||
writing to get the actual value.
|
||||
|
||||
temp2_auto_point1_temp rw Must be between 0 degree C and 63 degree C and
|
||||
it defines the passive cooling temperature.
|
||||
Below this temperature the fan stops in
|
||||
the closed loop mode.
|
||||
temp2_auto_point2_temp rw The low-temperature limit of the proportional
|
||||
range. Below this temperature
|
||||
pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
|
||||
0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps
|
||||
of 4 degree C.
|
||||
|
||||
temp2_auto_point3_temp rw Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
|
||||
speed. It can only have certain discrete
|
||||
values which depend on temp2_auto_point2_temp
|
||||
and pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
|
||||
writing to get actual value.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Module parameters
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
If your board has a BIOS that initializes the amc6821 correctly, you should
|
||||
load the module with: init=0.
|
||||
|
||||
If your board BIOS doesn't initialize the chip, or you want
|
||||
different settings, you can set the following parameters:
|
||||
init=1,
|
||||
pwminv: 0 default pwm output, 1 inverts pwm output.
|
||||
|
||||
296
Documentation/hwmon/asc7621
Normal file
296
Documentation/hwmon/asc7621
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver asc7621
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
Andigilog aSC7621 and aSC7621a
|
||||
Prefix: 'asc7621'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
|
||||
Datasheet: http://www.fairview5.com/linux/asc7621/asc7621.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Author:
|
||||
George Joseph
|
||||
|
||||
Description provided by Dave Pivin @ Andigilog:
|
||||
|
||||
Andigilog has both the PECI and pre-PECI versions of the Heceta-6, as
|
||||
Intel calls them. Heceta-6e has high frequency PWM and Heceta-6p has
|
||||
added PECI and a 4th thermal zone. The Andigilog aSC7611 is the
|
||||
Heceta-6e part and aSC7621 is the Heceta-6p part. They are both in
|
||||
volume production, shipping to Intel and their subs.
|
||||
|
||||
We have enhanced both parts relative to the governing Intel
|
||||
specification. First enhancement is temperature reading resolution. We
|
||||
have used registers below 20h for vendor-specific functions in addition
|
||||
to those in the Intel-specified vendor range.
|
||||
|
||||
Our conversion process produces a result that is reported as two bytes.
|
||||
The fan speed control uses this finer value to produce a "step-less" fan
|
||||
PWM output. These two bytes are "read-locked" to guarantee that once a
|
||||
high or low byte is read, the other byte is locked-in until after the
|
||||
next read of any register. So to get an atomic reading, read high or low
|
||||
byte, then the very next read should be the opposite byte. Our data
|
||||
sheet says 10-bits of resolution, although you may find the lower bits
|
||||
are active, they are not necessarily reliable or useful externally. We
|
||||
chose not to mask them.
|
||||
|
||||
We employ significant filtering that is user tunable as described in the
|
||||
data sheet. Our temperature reports and fan PWM outputs are very smooth
|
||||
when compared to the competition, in addition to the higher resolution
|
||||
temperature reports. The smoother PWM output does not require user
|
||||
intervention.
|
||||
|
||||
We offer GPIO features on the former VID pins. These are open-drain
|
||||
outputs or inputs and may be used as general purpose I/O or as alarm
|
||||
outputs that are based on temperature limits. These are in 19h and 1Ah.
|
||||
|
||||
We offer flexible mapping of temperature readings to thermal zones. Any
|
||||
temperature may be mapped to any zone, which has a default assignment
|
||||
that follows Intel's specs.
|
||||
|
||||
Since there is a fan to zone assignment that allows for the "hotter" of
|
||||
a set of zones to control the PWM of an individual fan, but there is no
|
||||
indication to the user, we have added an indicator that shows which zone
|
||||
is currently controlling the PWM for a given fan. This is in register
|
||||
00h.
|
||||
|
||||
Both remote diode temperature readings may be given an offset value such
|
||||
that the reported reading as well as the temperature used to determine
|
||||
PWM may be offset for system calibration purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
PECI Extended configuration allows for having more than two domains per
|
||||
PECI address and also provides an enabling function for each PECI
|
||||
address. One could use our flexible zone assignment to have a zone
|
||||
assigned to up to 4 PECI addresses. This is not possible in the default
|
||||
Intel configuration. This would be useful in multi-CPU systems with
|
||||
individual fans on each that would benefit from individual fan control.
|
||||
This is in register 0Eh.
|
||||
|
||||
The tachometer measurement system is flexible and able to adapt to many
|
||||
fan types. We can also support pulse-stretched PWM so that 3-wire fans
|
||||
may be used. These characteristics are in registers 04h to 07h.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, we have added a tach disable function that turns off the tach
|
||||
measurement system for individual tachs in order to save power. That is
|
||||
in register 75h.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
aSC7621 Product Description
|
||||
|
||||
The aSC7621 has a two wire digital interface compatible with SMBus 2.0.
|
||||
Using a 10-bit ADC, the aSC7621 measures the temperature of two remote diode
|
||||
connected transistors as well as its own die. Support for Platform
|
||||
Environmental Control Interface (PECI) is included.
|
||||
|
||||
Using temperature information from these four zones, an automatic fan speed
|
||||
control algorithm is employed to minimize acoustic impact while achieving
|
||||
recommended CPU temperature under varying operational loads.
|
||||
|
||||
To set fan speed, the aSC7621 has three independent pulse width modulation
|
||||
(PWM) outputs that are controlled by one, or a combination of three,
|
||||
temperature zones. Both high- and low-frequency PWM ranges are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
The aSC7621 also includes a digital filter that can be invoked to smooth
|
||||
temperature readings for better control of fan speed and minimum acoustic
|
||||
impact.
|
||||
|
||||
The aSC7621 has tachometer inputs to measure fan speed on up to four fans.
|
||||
Limit and status registers for all measured values are included to alert
|
||||
the system host that any measurements are outside of programmed limits
|
||||
via status registers.
|
||||
|
||||
System voltages of VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard power are
|
||||
monitored efficiently with internal scaling resistors.
|
||||
|
||||
Features
|
||||
- Supports PECI interface and monitors internal and remote thermal diodes
|
||||
- 2-wire, SMBus 2.0 compliant, serial interface
|
||||
- 10-bit ADC
|
||||
- Monitors VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard/processor supplies
|
||||
- Programmable autonomous fan control based on temperature readings
|
||||
- Noise filtering of temperature reading for fan speed control
|
||||
- 0.25C digital temperature sensor resolution
|
||||
- 3 PWM fan speed control outputs for 2-, 3- or 4-wire fans and up to 4 fan
|
||||
tachometer inputs
|
||||
- Enhanced measured temperature to Temperature Zone assignment.
|
||||
- Provides high and low PWM frequency ranges
|
||||
- 3 GPIO pins for custom use
|
||||
- 24-Lead QSOP package
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration Notes
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Except where noted below, the sysfs entries created by this driver follow
|
||||
the standards defined in "sysfs-interface".
|
||||
|
||||
temp1_source
|
||||
0 (default) peci_legacy = 0, Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
peci_legacy = 1, PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
1 Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
2 Remote 2 Temperature
|
||||
3 Internal Temperature
|
||||
4 PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
5 PECI Processor Temperature 1
|
||||
6 PECI Processor Temperature 2
|
||||
7 PECI Processor Temperature 3
|
||||
|
||||
temp2_source
|
||||
0 (default) Internal Temperature
|
||||
1 Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
2 Remote 2 Temperature
|
||||
3 Internal Temperature
|
||||
4 PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
5 PECI Processor Temperature 1
|
||||
6 PECI Processor Temperature 2
|
||||
7 PECI Processor Temperature 3
|
||||
|
||||
temp3_source
|
||||
0 (default) Remote 2 Temperature
|
||||
1 Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
2 Remote 2 Temperature
|
||||
3 Internal Temperature
|
||||
4 PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
5 PECI Processor Temperature 1
|
||||
6 PECI Processor Temperature 2
|
||||
7 PECI Processor Temperature 3
|
||||
|
||||
temp4_source
|
||||
0 (default) peci_legacy = 0, PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
peci_legacy = 1, Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
1 Remote 1 Temperature
|
||||
2 Remote 2 Temperature
|
||||
3 Internal Temperature
|
||||
4 PECI Processor Temperature 0
|
||||
5 PECI Processor Temperature 1
|
||||
6 PECI Processor Temperature 2
|
||||
7 PECI Processor Temperature 3
|
||||
|
||||
temp[1-4]_smoothing_enable
|
||||
temp[1-4]_smoothing_time
|
||||
Smooths spikes in temp readings caused by noise.
|
||||
Valid values in milliseconds are:
|
||||
35000
|
||||
17600
|
||||
11800
|
||||
7000
|
||||
4400
|
||||
3000
|
||||
1600
|
||||
800
|
||||
|
||||
temp[1-4]_crit
|
||||
When the corresponding zone temperature reaches this value,
|
||||
ALL pwm outputs will got to 100%.
|
||||
|
||||
temp[5-8]_input
|
||||
temp[5-8]_enable
|
||||
The aSC7621 can also read temperatures provided by the processor
|
||||
via the PECI bus. Usually these are "core" temps and are relative
|
||||
to the point where the automatic thermal control circuit starts
|
||||
throttling. This means that these are usually negative numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_enable
|
||||
0 Fan off.
|
||||
1 Fan on manual control.
|
||||
2 Fan on automatic control and will run at the minimum pwm
|
||||
if the temperature for the zone is below the minimum.
|
||||
3 Fan on automatic control but will be off if the temperature
|
||||
for the zone is below the minimum.
|
||||
4-254 Ignored.
|
||||
255 Fan on full.
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_auto_channels
|
||||
Bitmap as described in sysctl-interface with the following
|
||||
exceptions...
|
||||
Only the following combination of zones (and their corresponding masks)
|
||||
are valid:
|
||||
1
|
||||
2
|
||||
3
|
||||
2,3
|
||||
1,2,3
|
||||
4
|
||||
1,2,3,4
|
||||
|
||||
Special values:
|
||||
0 Disabled.
|
||||
16 Fan on manual control.
|
||||
31 Fan on full.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_invert
|
||||
When set, inverts the meaning of pwm[1-3].
|
||||
i.e. when pwm = 0, the fan will be on full and
|
||||
when pwm = 255 the fan will be off.
|
||||
|
||||
pwm[1-3]_freq
|
||||
PWM frequency in Hz
|
||||
Valid values in Hz are:
|
||||
|
||||
10
|
||||
15
|
||||
23
|
||||
30 (default)
|
||||
38
|
||||
47
|
||||
62
|
||||
94
|
||||
23000
|
||||
24000
|
||||
25000
|
||||
26000
|
||||
27000
|
||||
28000
|
||||
29000
|
||||
30000
|
||||
|
||||
Setting any other value will be ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
peci_enable
|
||||
Enables or disables PECI
|
||||
|
||||
peci_avg
|
||||
Input filter average time.
|
||||
|
||||
0 0 Sec. (no Smoothing) (default)
|
||||
1 0.25 Sec.
|
||||
2 0.5 Sec.
|
||||
3 1.0 Sec.
|
||||
4 2.0 Sec.
|
||||
5 4.0 Sec.
|
||||
6 8.0 Sec.
|
||||
7 0.0 Sec.
|
||||
|
||||
peci_legacy
|
||||
|
||||
0 Standard Mode (default)
|
||||
Remote Diode 1 reading is associated with
|
||||
Temperature Zone 1, PECI is associated with
|
||||
Zone 4
|
||||
|
||||
1 Legacy Mode
|
||||
PECI is associated with Temperature Zone 1,
|
||||
Remote Diode 1 is associated with Zone 4
|
||||
|
||||
peci_diode
|
||||
Diode filter
|
||||
|
||||
0 0.25 Sec.
|
||||
1 1.1 Sec.
|
||||
2 2.4 Sec. (default)
|
||||
3 3.4 Sec.
|
||||
4 5.0 Sec.
|
||||
5 6.8 Sec.
|
||||
6 10.2 Sec.
|
||||
7 16.4 Sec.
|
||||
|
||||
peci_4domain
|
||||
Four domain enable
|
||||
|
||||
0 1 or 2 Domains for enabled processors (default)
|
||||
1 3 or 4 Domains for enabled processors
|
||||
|
||||
peci_domain
|
||||
Domain
|
||||
|
||||
0 Processor contains a single domain (0) (default)
|
||||
1 Processor contains two domains (0,1)
|
||||
@@ -5,31 +5,23 @@ Supported chips:
|
||||
* IT8705F
|
||||
Prefix: 'it87'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8705F_V.0.4.1.pdf
|
||||
Datasheet: Once publicly available at the ITE website, but no longer
|
||||
* IT8712F
|
||||
Prefix: 'it8712'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8712F_V0.9.1.pdf
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/Errata%20V0.1%20for%20IT8712F%20V0.9.1.pdf
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8712F_V0.9.3.pdf
|
||||
Datasheet: Once publicly available at the ITE website, but no longer
|
||||
* IT8716F/IT8726F
|
||||
Prefix: 'it8716'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8716F_V0.3.ZIP
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8726F_V0.3.pdf
|
||||
Datasheet: Once publicly available at the ITE website, but no longer
|
||||
* IT8718F
|
||||
Prefix: 'it8718'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0.2.zip
|
||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0%203_(for%20C%20version).zip
|
||||
Datasheet: Once publicly available at the ITE website, but no longer
|
||||
* IT8720F
|
||||
Prefix: 'it8720'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
Datasheet: Not yet publicly available.
|
||||
Datasheet: Not publicly available
|
||||
* SiS950 [clone of IT8705F]
|
||||
Prefix: 'it87'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||
@@ -136,6 +128,10 @@ registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 1.5
|
||||
seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss
|
||||
once-only alarms.
|
||||
|
||||
Out-of-limit readings can also result in beeping, if the chip is properly
|
||||
wired and configured. Beeping can be enabled or disabled per sensor type
|
||||
(temperatures, voltages and fans.)
|
||||
|
||||
The IT87xx only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often
|
||||
will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -150,11 +146,38 @@ Fan speed control
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The fan speed control features are limited to manual PWM mode. Automatic
|
||||
"Smart Guardian" mode control handling is not implemented. However
|
||||
if you want to go for "manual mode" just write 1 to pwmN_enable.
|
||||
"Smart Guardian" mode control handling is only implemented for older chips
|
||||
(see below.) However if you want to go for "manual mode" just write 1 to
|
||||
pwmN_enable.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are only able to control the fan speed with very small PWM values,
|
||||
try lowering the PWM base frequency (pwm1_freq). Depending on the fan,
|
||||
it may give you a somewhat greater control range. The same frequency is
|
||||
used to drive all fan outputs, which is why pwm2_freq and pwm3_freq are
|
||||
read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Automatic fan speed control (old interface)
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The driver supports the old interface to automatic fan speed control
|
||||
which is implemented by IT8705F chips up to revision F and IT8712F
|
||||
chips up to revision G.
|
||||
|
||||
This interface implements 4 temperature vs. PWM output trip points.
|
||||
The PWM output of trip point 4 is always the maximum value (fan running
|
||||
at full speed) while the PWM output of the other 3 trip points can be
|
||||
freely chosen. The temperature of all 4 trip points can be freely chosen.
|
||||
Additionally, trip point 1 has an hysteresis temperature attached, to
|
||||
prevent fast switching between fan on and off.
|
||||
|
||||
The chip automatically computes the PWM output value based on the input
|
||||
temperature, based on this simple rule: if the temperature value is
|
||||
between trip point N and trip point N+1 then the PWM output value is
|
||||
the one of trip point N. The automatic control mode is less flexible
|
||||
than the manual control mode, but it reacts faster, is more robust and
|
||||
doesn't use CPU cycles.
|
||||
|
||||
Trip points must be set properly before switching to automatic fan speed
|
||||
control mode. The driver will perform basic integrity checks before
|
||||
actually switching to automatic control mode.
|
||||
|
||||
65
Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
Normal file
65
Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
Kernel driver k10temp
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
* AMD Family 10h processors:
|
||||
Socket F: Quad-Core/Six-Core/Embedded Opteron (but see below)
|
||||
Socket AM2+: Quad-Core Opteron, Phenom (II) X3/X4, Athlon X2 (but see below)
|
||||
Socket AM3: Quad-Core Opteron, Athlon/Phenom II X2/X3/X4, Sempron II
|
||||
Socket S1G3: Athlon II, Sempron, Turion II
|
||||
* AMD Family 11h processors:
|
||||
Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra)
|
||||
|
||||
Prefix: 'k10temp'
|
||||
Addresses scanned: PCI space
|
||||
Datasheets:
|
||||
BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 10h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/31116.pdf
|
||||
BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) for AMD Family 11h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41256.pdf
|
||||
Revision Guide for AMD Family 10h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41322.pdf
|
||||
Revision Guide for AMD Family 11h Processors:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/41788.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 11h Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet for Notebooks:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43373.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 10h Server and Workstation Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43374.pdf
|
||||
AMD Family 10h Desktop Processor Power and Thermal Data Sheet:
|
||||
http://support.amd.com/us/Processor_TechDocs/43375.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD
|
||||
Family 10h and 11h processors.
|
||||
|
||||
All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+,
|
||||
the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The driver
|
||||
will refuse to load on these revisions unless you specify the "force=1"
|
||||
module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
Due to technical reasons, the driver can detect only the mainboard's
|
||||
socket type, not the processor's actual capabilities. Therefore, if you
|
||||
are using an AM3 processor on an AM2+ mainboard, you can safely use the
|
||||
"force=1" parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
There is one temperature measurement value, available as temp1_input in
|
||||
sysfs. It is measured in degrees Celsius with a resolution of 1/8th degree.
|
||||
Please note that it is defined as a relative value; to quote the AMD manual:
|
||||
|
||||
Tctl is the processor temperature control value, used by the platform to
|
||||
control cooling systems. Tctl is a non-physical temperature on an
|
||||
arbitrary scale measured in degrees. It does _not_ represent an actual
|
||||
physical temperature like die or case temperature. Instead, it specifies
|
||||
the processor temperature relative to the point at which the system must
|
||||
supply the maximum cooling for the processor's specified maximum case
|
||||
temperature and maximum thermal power dissipation.
|
||||
|
||||
The maximum value for Tctl is available in the file temp1_max.
|
||||
|
||||
If the BIOS has enabled hardware temperature control, the threshold at
|
||||
which the processor will throttle itself to avoid damage is available in
|
||||
temp1_crit and temp1_crit_hyst.
|
||||
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@ Kernel driver lis3lv02d
|
||||
|
||||
Supported chips:
|
||||
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL and LIS3LV02DQ
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS3LV02DL, LIS3LV02DQ (12 bits precision)
|
||||
* STMicroelectronics LIS302DL, LIS3L02DQ, LIS331DL (8 bits)
|
||||
|
||||
Authors:
|
||||
Yan Burman <burman.yan@gmail.com>
|
||||
@@ -13,32 +14,52 @@ Authors:
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP
|
||||
laptops sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data
|
||||
Protection System 3D" or "HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically
|
||||
laptops with this sensor. Known models (for now the HP 2133, nc6420,
|
||||
nc2510, nc8510, nc84x0, nw9440 and nx9420) will have their axis
|
||||
automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
|
||||
neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d.
|
||||
This driver provides support for the accelerometer found in various HP laptops
|
||||
sporting the feature officially called "HP Mobile Data Protection System 3D" or
|
||||
"HP 3D DriveGuard". It detects automatically laptops with this sensor. Known
|
||||
models (full list can be found in drivers/hwmon/hp_accel.c) will have their
|
||||
axis automatically oriented on standard way (eg: you can directly play
|
||||
neverball). The accelerometer data is readable via
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d. Reported values are scaled
|
||||
to mg values (1/1000th of earth gravity).
|
||||
|
||||
Sysfs attributes under /sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/:
|
||||
position - 3D position that the accelerometer reports. Format: "(x,y,z)"
|
||||
calibrate - read: values (x, y, z) that are used as the base for input
|
||||
class device operation.
|
||||
write: forces the base to be recalibrated with the current
|
||||
position.
|
||||
rate - reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ
|
||||
rate - read reports the sampling rate of the accelerometer device in HZ.
|
||||
write changes sampling rate of the accelerometer device.
|
||||
Only values which are supported by HW are accepted.
|
||||
selftest - performs selftest for the chip as specified by chip manufacturer.
|
||||
|
||||
This driver also provides an absolute input class device, allowing
|
||||
the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick.
|
||||
the laptop to act as a pinball machine-esque joystick. Joystick device can be
|
||||
calibrated. Joystick device can be in two different modes.
|
||||
By default output values are scaled between -32768 .. 32767. In joystick raw
|
||||
mode, joystick and sysfs position entry have the same scale. There can be
|
||||
small difference due to input system fuzziness feature.
|
||||
Events are also available as input event device.
|
||||
|
||||
Selftest is meant only for hardware diagnostic purposes. It is not meant to be
|
||||
used during normal operations. Position data is not corrupted during selftest
|
||||
but interrupt behaviour is not guaranteed to work reliably. In test mode, the
|
||||
sensing element is internally moved little bit. Selftest measures difference
|
||||
between normal mode and test mode. Chip specifications tell the acceptance
|
||||
limit for each type of the chip. Limits are provided via platform data
|
||||
to allow adjustment of the limits without a change to the actual driver.
|
||||
Seltest returns either "OK x y z" or "FAIL x y z" where x, y and z are
|
||||
measured difference between modes. Axes are not remapped in selftest mode.
|
||||
Measurement values are provided to help HW diagnostic applications to make
|
||||
final decision.
|
||||
|
||||
On HP laptops, if the led infrastructure is activated, support for a led
|
||||
indicating disk protection will be provided as /sys/class/leds/hp::hddprotect.
|
||||
|
||||
Another feature of the driver is misc device called "freefall" that
|
||||
acts similar to /dev/rtc and reacts on free-fall interrupts received
|
||||
from the device. It supports blocking operations, poll/select and
|
||||
fasync operation modes. You must read 1 bytes from the device. The
|
||||
result is number of free-fall interrupts since the last successful
|
||||
read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit).
|
||||
read (or 255 if number of interrupts would not fit). See the hpfall.c
|
||||
file for an example on using the device.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Axes orientation
|
||||
@@ -55,7 +76,7 @@ the accelerometer are converted into a "standard" organisation of the axes
|
||||
* If the laptop is put upside-down, Z becomes negative
|
||||
|
||||
If your laptop model is not recognized (cf "dmesg"), you can send an
|
||||
email to the authors to add it to the database. When reporting a new
|
||||
email to the maintainer to add it to the database. When reporting a new
|
||||
laptop, please include the output of "dmidecode" plus the value of
|
||||
/sys/devices/platform/lis3lv02d/position in these four cases.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user